US20170298028A1 - Process for Producing Fluorocytosine and Fluorocytosine Derivatives - Google Patents
Process for Producing Fluorocytosine and Fluorocytosine Derivatives Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20170298028A1 US20170298028A1 US15/507,342 US201515507342A US2017298028A1 US 20170298028 A1 US20170298028 A1 US 20170298028A1 US 201515507342 A US201515507342 A US 201515507342A US 2017298028 A1 US2017298028 A1 US 2017298028A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- formula
- alkyl
- suitably
- input
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 133
- XRECTZIEBJDKEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N flucytosine Chemical compound NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F XRECTZIEBJDKEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 85
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 title description 24
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 215
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 59
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 135
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 113
- -1 cyano, isocyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, formyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 111
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 109
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 104
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 103
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 92
- 239000012025 fluorinating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 74
- 229960004413 flucytosine Drugs 0.000 claims description 67
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 56
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 55
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 claims description 55
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 claims description 53
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 45
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 45
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UORFTKCHSA-N Capecitabine Chemical compound C1=C(F)C(NC(=O)OCCCCC)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UORFTKCHSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Capecitabine Natural products C1=C(F)C(NC(=O)OCCCCC)=NC(=O)N1C1C(O)C(O)C(C)O1 GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- XQSPYNMVSIKCOC-NTSWFWBYSA-N Emtricitabine Chemical compound C1=C(F)C(N)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1 XQSPYNMVSIKCOC-NTSWFWBYSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- 229960004117 capecitabine Drugs 0.000 claims description 20
- 229960000366 emtricitabine Drugs 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000002374 hemiaminals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000005236 alkanoylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000012159 carrier gas Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005115 alkyl carbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- XTATYNCEPNYPJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxathiolan-5-ol Chemical compound OCC1OC(O)CS1 XTATYNCEPNYPJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- MKMRBXQLEMYZOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyloxolane-2,3,4-triol Chemical compound CC1OC(O)C(O)C1O MKMRBXQLEMYZOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005281 alkyl ureido group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003302 alkenyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000005133 alkynyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 2
- MARBWAUIHIOFNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentoxy hydrogen carbonate Chemical compound CCCCCOOC(O)=O MARBWAUIHIOFNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 3
- HTSGKJQDMSTCGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonylbutane-1,4-dione Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C(C(=O)C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)CC(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 HTSGKJQDMSTCGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 abstract description 13
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 119
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 96
- 238000003682 fluorination reaction Methods 0.000 description 62
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 59
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 46
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 41
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 32
- DRSHXJFUUPIBHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1ccc(cc1)N1N=CC2C=NC(Nc3cc(OC)c(OC)c(OCCCN4CCN(C)CC4)c3)=NC12 Chemical compound COc1ccc(cc1)N1N=CC2C=NC(Nc3cc(OC)c(OC)c(OCCCN4CCN(C)CC4)c3)=NC12 DRSHXJFUUPIBHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 26
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 25
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 24
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 24
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 22
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 21
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000004293 19F NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 15
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 12
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 12
- 0 [1*]C1=NC(=[Y])CC([2*])=C1F Chemical compound [1*]C1=NC(=[Y])CC([2*])=C1F 0.000 description 12
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 10
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 10
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 8
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 8
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 8
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000013341 scale-up Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 206010017533 Fungal infection Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000031888 Mycoses Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 7
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 description 6
- 206010008803 Chromoblastomycosis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000015116 Chromomycosis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000001333 Colorectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 201000007336 Cryptococcosis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 241000221204 Cryptococcus neoformans Species 0.000 description 6
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 6
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 206010030155 Oesophageal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 6
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 6
- 201000011549 stomach cancer Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 6
- WBOXEOCWOCJQNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3-diethoxypropanenitrile Chemical compound CCOC(CC#N)OCC WBOXEOCWOCJQNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Natural products N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 5
- 201000003146 cystitis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000001301 oxygen Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910021627 Tin(IV) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000806 fluorine-19 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000005201 scrubbing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000005958 tetrahydrothienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- HPGGPRDJHPYFRM-UHFFFAOYSA-J tin(iv) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Sn](Cl)(Cl)Cl HPGGPRDJHPYFRM-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 4
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 4
- LILXDMFJXYAKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1,1-diethoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC(CBr)OCC LILXDMFJXYAKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- APPPCTZRBNHWKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.NC1=NC(=O)NC(O)C1(F)F.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F Chemical compound C.C.NC1=NC(=O)NC(O)C1(F)F.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F APPPCTZRBNHWKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010923 batch production Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004452 carbocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 3
- PQIOSYKVBBWRRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylphosphonyl difluoride Chemical group CP(F)(F)=O PQIOSYKVBBWRRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- RLKHFSNWQCZBDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(benzenesulfonyl)-n-fluorobenzenesulfonamide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1S(=O)(=O)N(F)S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RLKHFSNWQCZBDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- HUAUNKAZQWMVFY-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;oxocalcium;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+].[Ca]=O HUAUNKAZQWMVFY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ILXAULYORNMOAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-fluoro-1$l^{6},3$l^{6},2-benzodithiazole 1,1,3,3-tetraoxide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(F)S(=O)(=O)C2=C1 ILXAULYORNMOAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEVUKVCNCYSUOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,6-dichloro-2,5-difluoropyrimidine Chemical compound FC1=NC(Cl)=C(F)C(Cl)=N1 YEVUKVCNCYSUOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JMWIRDKNAYVXSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1 Chemical compound C.C.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1 JMWIRDKNAYVXSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004988 N-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- LFXGACGKDNTBDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1=NC(=O)NC(O)C1(F)F.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F Chemical compound NC1=NC(=O)NC(O)C1(F)F.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F LFXGACGKDNTBDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004202 aminomethyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005101 aryl methoxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005002 aryl methyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001460 carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- KXZJHVJKXJLBKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl1408157 Chemical compound N=1C2=CC=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=CC=1C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KXZJHVJKXJLBKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003016 chromanyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005112 continuous flow technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- LIWAQLJGPBVORC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylmethylamine Chemical compound CCNC LIWAQLJGPBVORC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- QWLICVXJMVMDDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoro acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OF QWLICVXJMVMDDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000008246 gaseous mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002373 hemiacetals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- XMGQYMWWDOXHJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N limonene Chemical compound CC(=C)C1CCC(C)=CC1 XMGQYMWWDOXHJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide Inorganic materials [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- IVSZLXZYQVIEFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-xylene Chemical group CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 IVSZLXZYQVIEFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001064 morpholinomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002088 nanocapsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002077 nanosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HFPZCAJZSCWRBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-cymene Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 HFPZCAJZSCWRBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- XHRRYUDVWPPWIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound CCCCCOC(Cl)=O XHRRYUDVWPPWIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)=O XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000011505 plaster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- SBYHFKPVCBCYGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinuclidine Chemical compound C1CC2CCN1CC2 SBYHFKPVCBCYGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 2
- HFQQZARZPUDIFP-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-dodecylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1S([O-])(=O)=O HFQQZARZPUDIFP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- IMNIMPAHZVJRPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylenediamine Chemical compound C1CN2CCN1CC2 IMNIMPAHZVJRPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMBZJSVIKJMSFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoromethyl hypofluorite Chemical compound FOC(F)(F)F SMBZJSVIKJMSFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003738 xylenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RNEACARJKXYVND-KQGZCTBQSA-N (2r)-2-[[(5z)-5-[(5-ethylfuran-2-yl)methylidene]-4-oxo-1,3-thiazol-2-yl]amino]-2-(4-fluorophenyl)acetic acid Chemical compound O1C(CC)=CC=C1\C=C/1C(=O)N=C(N[C@@H](C(O)=O)C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)S\1 RNEACARJKXYVND-KQGZCTBQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVCBVWTTXCNJBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane Chemical compound C1CC2CCN1C2 JVCBVWTTXCNJBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STHHLVCQSLRQNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane Chemical compound C1C2CCN1CCC2 STHHLVCQSLRQNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PRIGFEJKMMRJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1-fluoro-2,4,6-trimethylpyridin-1-ium;trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.CC1=CC(C)=[N+](F)C(C)=C1 PRIGFEJKMMRJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JFZMMCYRTJBQQI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1-fluoropyridin-1-ium;trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound F[N+]1=CC=CC=C1.[O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F JFZMMCYRTJBQQI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004343 1-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WHPFEQUEHBULBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoropyrimidine Chemical compound FC1=CN=C(Cl)N=C1Cl WHPFEQUEHBULBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDFRVNARKRKXQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2,6-dichloro-1-fluoropyridin-1-ium;trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.F[N+]1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl KDFRVNARKRKXQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DAOBFSKNUAAWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1,1-difluoro-2H-pyridin-1-ium-6-yl)pyridine Chemical compound F[N+]1(F)CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 DAOBFSKNUAAWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQWDKLAIDBOLFE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-fluoro-1-methylpyridin-1-ium;4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound C[N+]1=CC=CC=C1F.CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 HQWDKLAIDBOLFE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ASUDFOJKTJLAIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethanamine Chemical compound COCCN ASUDFOJKTJLAIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIQOUXNTSMWQSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane Chemical compound C1OC2CNC1C2 DIQOUXNTSMWQSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004637 2-oxopiperidinyl group Chemical group O=C1N(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYDQOEWLBCCFJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-fluorophenyl)oxane-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C(F)C=CC=1C1(C(=O)O)CCOCC1 CYDQOEWLBCCFJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNPURSDMOWDNOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxy-7h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-amine Chemical compound COC1=NC(N)=NC2=C1C=CN2 CNPURSDMOWDNOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-aminoisoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound NC1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKMRBXQLEMYZOY-SOOFDHNKSA-N 5-deoxy-D-ribofuranose Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O MKMRBXQLEMYZOY-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium chloride Substances [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001120493 Arene Species 0.000 description 1
- FROXDDWYGBUOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.CCOC(CBr)OCC.CCOC(CC#N)OCC.N#C[Na] Chemical compound C.C.CCOC(CBr)OCC.CCOC(CC#N)OCC.N#C[Na] FROXDDWYGBUOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMYJSXAJZSMJEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F Chemical compound C.C.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F ZMYJSXAJZSMJEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAWHECIHGQYWAY-DLWAKCFRSA-N C.CCOC(CBr)OCC.CCOC(CC#N)OCC.N#C[Na].[2H]C[SH]=O Chemical compound C.CCOC(CBr)OCC.CCOC(CC#N)OCC.N#C[Na].[2H]C[SH]=O FAWHECIHGQYWAY-DLWAKCFRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIAQZDMDKSJRGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CCOC(CC#N)OCC.CCO[Na].NC(N)=O.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1 Chemical compound C.CCOC(CC#N)OCC.CCO[Na].NC(N)=O.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1 CIAQZDMDKSJRGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUZQCHTUZQQRIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1.O=CO Chemical compound C.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1.O=CO DUZQCHTUZQQRIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PRCUDJXDCWUEDT-UHFFFAOYSA-O CC(C)=C(C)O.CC(C)=C(C)[O-].[H+].[H+].[H]C(C)(C)C(C)=O Chemical compound CC(C)=C(C)O.CC(C)=C(C)[O-].[H+].[H+].[H]C(C)(C)C(C)=O PRCUDJXDCWUEDT-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- KOUAMSMGTZQULL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=NC(=O)NC(O)C1(F)F.CC1=NC(=O)NC=C1.CC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F Chemical compound CC1=NC(=O)NC(O)C1(F)F.CC1=NC(=O)NC=C1.CC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F KOUAMSMGTZQULL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJFZTYFCANMNKA-DVKWEORHSA-N CCCCCOC(=O)NC1=NC(=O)N(C2O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H]2O)C=C1F.NC1=NC(=O)N([C@@H]2CS[C@H](CCO)O2)C=C1F.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F Chemical compound CCCCCOC(=O)NC1=NC(=O)N(C2O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H]2O)C=C1F.NC1=NC(=O)N([C@@H]2CS[C@H](CCO)O2)C=C1F.NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F LJFZTYFCANMNKA-DVKWEORHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CERKJWZTCRIWCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCO[Na].NC(N)=O Chemical compound CCO[Na].NC(N)=O CERKJWZTCRIWCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000005033 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical group C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000206672 Gelidium Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004705 High-molecular-weight polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101000711237 Homo sapiens Serpin I2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004566 IR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000003183 Manihot esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016735 Manihot esculenta subsp esculenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylaniline Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKYBYDHXWVHEJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[1-oxo-1-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)propan-2-yl]-2-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methylamino]pyrimidine-5-carboxamide Chemical compound O=C(C(C)NC(=O)C=1C=NC(=NC=1)NCC1=CC(=CC=C1)OC(F)(F)F)N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2 MKYBYDHXWVHEJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006181 N-acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007126 N-alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- RSPSWHUGFSPSCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1=NC(=O)CC(O)C1(F)F.NC1=NC(=O)CC=C1.NC1=NC(=O)CC=C1F Chemical compound NC1=NC(=O)CC(O)C1(F)F.NC1=NC(=O)CC=C1.NC1=NC(=O)CC=C1F RSPSWHUGFSPSCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019213 POCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SCKXCAADGDQQCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Performic acid Chemical compound OOC=O SCKXCAADGDQQCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100034076 Serpin I2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- SSZBUIDZHHWXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Stearinsaeure-hexadecylester Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC SSZBUIDZHHWXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010017842 Telomerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YPWFISCTZQNZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiane Chemical compound C1CCSCC1 YPWFISCTZQNZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YPDSOAPSWYHANB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [N].[F] Chemical compound [N].[F] YPDSOAPSWYHANB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOBPHQJGWSVXFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O].[F] Chemical compound [O].[F] UOBPHQJGWSVXFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GMLJCMXFMUEABC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [difluoro(fluorooxy)methyl] hypofluorite Chemical compound FOC(F)(F)OF GMLJCMXFMUEABC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003655 absorption accelerator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005426 adeninyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1N)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012382 advanced drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NMPVEAUIHMEAQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-bromo-acetaldehyde Natural products BrCC=O NMPVEAUIHMEAQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- AAMATCKFMHVIDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;1h-pyrrole Chemical compound N.C=1C=CNC=1 AAMATCKFMHVIDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004604 benzisothiazolyl group Chemical group S1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004603 benzisoxazolyl group Chemical group O1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004602 benzodiazinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002047 benzodioxolyl group Chemical group O1OC(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004601 benzofurazanyl group Chemical group N1=C2C(=NO1)C(=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004622 benzoxazinyl group Chemical group O1NC(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVCRERJDOOBZOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl Chemical group C1C[C+]2CC[C-]1C2 BVCRERJDOOBZOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CWBHKBKGKCDGDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)oxy]boranyl 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(=O)OB(OC(=O)C(F)(F)F)OC(=O)C(F)(F)F CWBHKBKGKCDGDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000005622 butynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SKOLWUPSYHWYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonodithioic O,S-acid Chemical compound SC(S)=O SKOLWUPSYHWYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DJVFKTYSRIDIFD-UHFFFAOYSA-M cesium fluorooxy sulfate Chemical compound [Cs+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OOF DJVFKTYSRIDIFD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003889 chemical engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004230 chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005352 clarification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007012 clinical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002188 cycloheptatrienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003678 cyclohexadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUNMPGNGSSIWFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminopropylamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCCN IUNMPGNGSSIWFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000532 dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940088679 drug related substance Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940095399 enema Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002587 enol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002085 enols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005678 ethenylene group Chemical group [H]C([*:1])=C([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 239000012259 ether extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005677 ethinylene group Chemical group [*:2]C#C[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003889 eye drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012356 eye drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011552 falling film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000001727 glucose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003029 glycosylic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100001261 hazardous Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000040 hydrogen fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002440 hydroxy compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052588 hydroxylapatite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002485 inorganic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003384 isochromanyl group Chemical group C1(OCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical group C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940087305 limonene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000001510 limonene Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011418 maintenance treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010907 mechanical stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DUWWHGPELOTTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(5-chloro-2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-oxobutanamide Chemical compound COC1=CC(OC)=C(NC(=O)CC(C)=O)C=C1Cl DUWWHGPELOTTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940097496 nasal spray Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000018 nitroso group Chemical group N(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013021 overheating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005476 oxopyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010979 pH adjustment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D pentacalcium;hydroxide;triphosphate Chemical compound [OH-].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D 0.000 description 1
- MYDQAEQZZKVJSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentyl carbamate Chemical compound CCCCCOC(N)=O MYDQAEQZZKVJSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004965 peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000612 phthaloyl group Chemical group C(C=1C(C(=O)*)=CC=CC1)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002493 poly(chlorotrifluoroethylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001515 polyalkylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000007867 post-reaction treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011165 process development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011027 product recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009993 protective function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003340 retarding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012363 selectfluor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000006884 silylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010512 small scale reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- MNWBNISUBARLIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanide Chemical compound [Na+].N#[C-] MNWBNISUBARLIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium ethoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC[O-] QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001540 sodium lactate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011088 sodium lactate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940005581 sodium lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HIFJUMGIHIZEPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuric acid;sulfur trioxide Chemical compound O=S(=O)=O.OS(O)(=O)=O HIFJUMGIHIZEPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003039 tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JWCVYQRPINPYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiepane Chemical compound C1CCCSCC1 JWCVYQRPINPYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000464 thioxo group Chemical group S=* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010891 toxic waste Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000402 unacceptable toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000005292 vacuum distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
- C07D239/47—One nitrogen atom and one oxygen or sulfur atom, e.g. cytosine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/10—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/10—Antimycotics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/20—Antivirals for DNA viruses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a method of manufacturing a compound, especially a fluorocytosine-based compound.
- the invention also relates to a compound obtained by such a method, a pharmaceutical drug substance and a method for its manufacture, a pharmaceutical composition, and also various uses in therapy of the compounds, pharmaceutical drug substances, and pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- Flucytosine was approved by the FDA in 1971 (Ancoban®, Valeant) for the treatment of fungal infections.
- 5-Fluorocytosine (Flucytosine) is an important antimycotic drug in its own right but is also an intermediate in the synthesis of Capecitabine (anti-cancer) and Emtricitabine (anti-HIV).
- a Hoffmann-la-Roche patent (U.S. Pat. No. 2,945,038) describes synthetic processes involving 5-FU being treated with POCl 3 and dimethylaniline to yield 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoropyrimidine in good yield after distillation. This intermediate is reacted with aqueous ammonia solution and hydrolysed in concentrated hydrochloric acid, to yield 5-fluorocytosine from 5-fluorouracil in an overall 64% yield (3 steps from 5-FU) (see reaction scheme above).
- 2,5-difluoro-4,6-dichloropyrimidine is used in a similar multistep process (dechlorination-amination-hydrolysis) to afford the desired product' although the synthesis of 2,5-difluoro-4,6-dichloropyrimidine is a complex, multistep process and so we need not consider this route further.
- Cytosine reacts with fluorine gas to produce flucytosine and a difluoro impurity.
- the inventors generally found that the difluoro impurity could be removed by recrystalisation. However, if cytosine starting material remained in the crude reaction mixture, this was always extremely difficult to remove. Therefore, it is desirable to ensure that the reaction proceeds to 100% completion, for instance by using excess fluorine. However, in driving the reaction to completion, increased quantities of the difluoro impurity were formed, which in turn compromises the yield of fluocytosine. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is thought that compounds comprising a cytosine-like core will suffer from the same shortcomings.
- X is NR x , O, or S; wherein R x is hydrogen or is independently selected from any R N group;
- Y is O, S, or NR y ; wherein R y is hydrogen or is independently selected from any R N group;
- R 1 is hydrogen or is independently selected from any R s group, though most suitably R 1 is an electron donating group (EDG), most suitably an EDG selected from NR 1a R 1b or OR 1a , wherein R 1a and R 1b are each independently selected from hydrogen or any R N group;
- EDG electron donating group
- R 2 hydrogen or is independently selected from any R s group
- each R N group is independently selected from (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, aryl, aryl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkenyl, (3-8C)cycloalkenyl-(1-6C)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(1-6C)alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl, formyl, carboxy, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, N-(1-6C)alkylsulpham
- each R s group is independently selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, isocyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, formyl, carboxy, carbamoyl, ureido, (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyloxy, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)
- L 1 is a direct bond or is selected from (CR L1 R L2 ) n , O, S, SO, SO 2 , N(R L1 ), CO, CR L1 (OR L2 ), CON(R u ), N(R L1 )CO, N(R L1 )C(O)O, N(R L1 )CON(R L2 ), SO 2 N(R L1 ), N(R L1 )SO 2 , OC(R L1 ) 2 , SC(R L1 ) 2 and N(R L1 )C(R L2 ) 2 , wherein n is an integer between 1 and 3, and wherein R L1 and R L2 are each independently hydrogen or (1-8C)alkyl; and Q 1 is (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, aryl, aryl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl,
- any R s group is independently optionally further substituted by one or more R s groups (i.e. first order R s substitutent groups in relation to any given “parent” R s group), wherein any first order R s substitutent group is optionally independently further substituted by one or more R s groups (i.e. second order R s substituent groups in relation to any given “parent” R s group), though suitably optional further substiuents do not extend beyond second order optional substituents (i.e. second order R s substituents are the highest order, suitably first order R s substituents are the highest order);
- reaction between the compound of Formula II and the electrophilic fluorinating agent is performed in a continuous flow reactor.
- a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) obtainable by, obtained by, or directly obtained by the method of manufacturing a compound of Formula I as defined herein.
- a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), comprising less than or equal to 1 wt % of a compound of Formula II, (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof).
- a (pharmaceutical) composition comprising a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) or a composition of a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) as defined herein (suitably additionally comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier).
- a continuous flow apparatus comprising a continuous flow reactor as defined herein (and optionally any other features defined herein in relation to the continuous flow reactor) configured to, adapted to, or suitable to carry out the method(s) of the invention as defined herein.
- a pharmaceutical drug substance or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof, the method comprising:
- a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) obtainable by, obtained by, or directly obtained by the method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance as defined herein.
- a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), comprising less than or equal to 1 wt % of a non-fluorinated analog (or impurity) of the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof).
- a pharmaceutical drug substance or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof
- the composition comprising a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof); wherein the composition either: a) is free of a non-fluorinated analog (or impurity) of the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or b) comprises a non-fluorinated analog (or impurity) of the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) in a weight ratio to the compound of Formula I of less than or equal to 1:100.
- a (pharmaceutical) composition comprising a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) or a composition a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) as defined herein (suitably additionally comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier).
- a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein for use in therapy.
- a method of treating a medical condition or medical disorder in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein.
- a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein for use in the treatment of an infection (especially a fungal infection), for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans , chromomycosis, and cystitis; or for use in the treatment of a proliferative disorder (e.g.
- cancer for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or for use in the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection.
- HIV human immunodeficiency virus
- AIDS acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
- HBV hepatitis B virus
- an infection especially a fungal infection
- infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans , chromomycosis, and cystitis for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans , chromomycosis, and cystitis; or a method of treating a proliferative disorder (e.g.
- cancer for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or a method of treating human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection; in a patient in need of such treatment, said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein.
- HCV human immunodeficiency virus
- AIDS acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
- HBV hepatitis B virus
- cancer for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or for the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection.
- HIV human immunodeficiency virus
- AIDS acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
- HBV hepatitis B virus
- a pharmaceutical drug substance or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof, or a composition thereof, as defined herein for use in therapy.
- a method of treating a medical condition or medical disorder in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein.
- a pharmaceutical drug substance or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof
- a composition thereof as defined herein in the manufacture of a medicament.
- a pharmaceutical drug substance or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof, or a composition thereof, as defined herein for use in the treatment of an infection (especially a fungal infection), for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans , chromomycosis, and cystitis; or for use in the treatment of a proliferative disorder (e.g.
- cancer for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or for use in the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection.
- HIV human immunodeficiency virus
- AIDS acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
- HBV hepatitis B virus
- an infection especially a fungal infection
- infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans , chromomycosis, and cystitis for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans , chromomycosis, and cystitis; or a method of treating a proliferative disorder (e.g.
- cancer for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or a method of treating human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection; in a patient in need of such treatment, said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein.
- HCV human immunodeficiency virus
- AIDS acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
- HBV hepatitis B virus
- a pharmaceutical drug substance or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof, or a composition thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of an infection (especially a fungal infection), for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans , chromomycosis, and cystitisor; for the treatment of a proliferative disorder (e.g.
- cancer for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or for the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection.
- HIV human immunodeficiency virus
- AIDS acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
- HBV hepatitis B virus
- FIG. 1 shows a 1 H NMR of crude non-recrystallised cytosine.
- FIG. 2 shows a crude 19 F NMR of product mixture recovered after batch fluorination.
- FIG. 3 shows an 1 H NMR of flucytosine synthesised by batch fluorination.
- FIG. 4 shows an 19 F NMR of flucytosine synthesised by batch fluorination.
- FIG. 5 shows a schematic representation of the single channel microreactor used in continuous flow fluorination of cytosine.
- FIG. 6 is an 1 H NMR spectrum of crude product mixture from fluorination of cytosine using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus showing presence of difluorinated side product.
- FIG. 7 is an 19 F NMR spectrum of crude product mixture from fluorination of cytosine using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus showing presence of difluorinated side product
- FIG. 8 is an 1 H NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus.
- FIG. 9 is an 19 F NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus.
- FIG. 10 is a 13 C NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus.
- FIG. 11 is an infra-red spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus.
- FIG. 12 is an SDBS IR library spectrum of fluorcytosine for comparison.
- compound of Formula [X] where [X] is a number, typically a roman numeral optionally followed by an alphanumeric character, may be abbreviated to “compound [X]”.
- a reference to either a “compound of Formula [X]” or “compound [X]” suitably includes a salt (e.g. pharmaceutically acceptable salt) or solvate (e.g. hydrate) thereof, and suitably also includes a synthetic equivalent thereof.
- hydrocarbon is well understood in the art, and refers to compounds containing carbon and hydrogen only.
- hydrocarbyl general refers any aliphatic, acyclic, or cyclic (including aryl) hydrocarbon group, suitably with no heteroatoms. Such compounds include, inter alia, alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, arenes, and cyclic versions thereof.
- hydrocarbon anthracene, naphthalene, benzene, and/or derivatives thereof (e.g. toluene).
- carbocyclyl refers to a radical of a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group, generally having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (i.e. (3-10C)carbocyclyl) and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system.
- carbocyclyl groups include (3-nC)cycloalkyl and (3-nC)cycloalkenyl.
- Exemplary embodiments include: cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptadienyl, cycloheptatrienyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, and the like.
- alkyl includes both straight and branched chain alkyl groups. References to individual alkyl groups such as “propyl” are specific for the straight chain version only and references to individual branched chain alkyl groups such as “isopropyl” are specific for the branched chain version only.
- (1-6C)alkyl includes (1-5C)alkyl, (1-3C)alkyl, propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
- phenyl(1-6C)alkyl includes phenyl(1-4C)alkyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl and 2-phenylethyl.
- (m-nC) or “(m-nC) group” used alone or as a prefix, refers to any group having m to n carbon atoms.
- alkylene is an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group that is positioned between and serves to connect two other chemical groups.
- (1-6C)alkylene means a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, 2-methylpropylene, pentylene, and the like.
- (2-6C)alkenylene means a linear divalent hydrocarbon radical of two to six carbon atoms or a branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, containing at least one double bond, for example, as in ethenylene, 2,4-pentadienylene, and the like.
- (2-6C)alkynylene means a linear divalent hydrocarbon radical of two to six carbon atoms or a branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, containing at least one triple bond, for example, as in ethynylene, propynylene, and butynylene and the like.
- (3-8C)cycloalkyl means a hydrocarbon ring containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl.
- (3-8C)cycloalkenyl means a hydrocarbon ring containing at least one double bond, for example, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl, such as 3-cyclohexen-1-yl, or cyclooctenyl.
- (3-8C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkylene means a (3-8C)cycloalkyl group covalently attached to a (1-6C)alkylene group, both of which are defined herein.
- halo refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
- heterocyclyl means a non-aromatic saturated or partially saturated monocyclic, fused, bridged, or spiro bicyclic heterocyclic ring system(s).
- heterocyclyl includes both monovalent species and divalent species.
- Monocyclic heterocyclic rings contain from about 3 to 12 (suitably from 3 to 7) ring atoms, with from 1 to 5 (suitably 1, 2 or 3) heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur in the ring.
- Bicyclic heterocycles contain from 7 to 17 member atoms, suitably 7 to 12 member atoms, in the ring.
- Bicyclic heterocycles contain from about 7 to about 17 ring atoms, suitably from 7 to 12 ring atoms. Bicyclic heterocyclic(s) rings may be fused, spiro, or bridged ring systems.
- heterocyclic groups include cyclic ethers such as oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxanyl, and substituted cyclic ethers.
- Heterocycles containing nitrogen include, for example, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrotriazinyl, tetrahydropyrazolyl, and the like.
- Typical sulfur containing heterocycles include tetrahydrothienyl, dihydro-1,3-dithiol, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran, and hexahydrothiepine.
- Other heterocycles include dihydro-oxathiolyl, tetrahydro-oxazolyl, tetrahydro-oxadiazolyl, tetrahydrodioxazolyl, tetrahydro-oxathiazolyl, hexahydrotriazinyl, tetrahydro-oxazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dioxolinyl, octahydrobenzofuranyl, octahydrobenzimidazolyl, and octahydrobenzothiazolyl.
- the oxidized sulfur heterocycles containing SO or SO2 groups are also included.
- examples include the sulfoxide and sulfone forms of tetrahydrothienyl and thiomorpholinyl such as tetrahydrothiene 1,1-dioxide and thiomorpholinyl 1,1-dioxide.
- a suitable value for a heterocyclyl group which bears 1 or 2 oxo ( ⁇ O) or thioxo ( ⁇ S) substituents is, for example, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-thioxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxoim idazolidinyl, 2-thioxoimidazolidinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 2,5-dioxoimidazolidinyl or 2,6-dioxopiperidinyl.
- heterocyclyl groups are saturated monocyclic 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyls containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, for example azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrothienyl 1,1-dioxide, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl 1,1-dioxide, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl or homopiperazinyl.
- any heterocycle may be linked to another group via any suitable atom, such as via a carbon or nitrogen atom.
- reference herein to piperidino or morpholino refers to a piperidin-1-yl or morpholin-4-yl ring that is linked via the ring nitrogen.
- bridged ring systems is meant ring systems in which two rings share more than two atoms, see for example Advanced Organic Chemistry, by Jerry March, 4th Edition, Wiley Interscience, pages 131-133, 1992.
- bridged heterocyclyl ring systems include, aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane and quinuclidine.
- Heterocyclyl(1-6C)alkyl means a heterocyclyl group covalently attached to a (1-6C)alkylene group, both of which are defined herein.
- heteroaryl or “heteroaromatic” means an aromatic mono-, bi-, or polycyclic ring incorporating one or more (for example 1-4, particularly 1, 2 or 3) heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
- heteroaryl includes both monovalent species and divalent species. Examples of heteroaryl groups are monocyclic and bicyclic groups containing from five to twelve ring members, and more usually from five to ten ring members.
- the heteroaryl group can be, for example, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic ring, for example a bicyclic structure formed from fused five and six membered rings or two fused six membered rings.
- Each ring may contain up to about four heteroatoms typically selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen.
- the heteroaryl ring will contain up to 3 heteroatoms, more usually up to 2, for example a single heteroatom.
- the heteroaryl ring contains at least one ring nitrogen atom.
- the nitrogen atoms in the heteroaryl rings can be basic, as in the case of an imidazole or pyridine, or essentially non-basic as in the case of an indole or pyrrole nitrogen. In general the number of basic nitrogen atoms present in the heteroaryl group, including any amino group substituents of the ring, will be less than five.
- heteroaryl examples include furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazenyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, benzofurazanyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, naphthyridinyl, carb
- Heteroaryl also covers partially aromatic bi- or polycyclic ring systems wherein at least one ring is an aromatic ring and one or more of the other ring(s) is a non-aromatic, saturated or partially saturated ring, provided at least one ring contains one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
- partially aromatic heteroaryl groups include for example, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, 2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydrobenzthienyl, dihydrobenzfuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, 2,2-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2-benzothienyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, indolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl and 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido[3,2-b][1,4]oxazinyl
- heteroaryl groups examples include but are not limited to pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, furazanyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxatriazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl and tetrazolyl groups.
- heteroaryl groups examples include but are not limited to pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl and triazinyl.
- a bicyclic heteroaryl group may be, for example, a group selected from:
- bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a six membered ring fused to a five membered ring include but are not limited to benzfuranyl, benzthiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, purinyl (e.g., adeninyl, guaninyl), indazolyl, benzodioxolyl and pyrazolopyridinyl groups.
- bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing two fused six membered rings include but are not limited to quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, chromanyl, thiochromanyl, chromenyl, isochromenyl, chromanyl, isochromanyl, benzodioxanyl, quinolizinyl, benzoxazinyl, benzodiazinyl, pyridopyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl groups.
- Heteroaryl(1-6C)alkyl means a heteroaryl group covalently attached to a (1-6C)alkylene group, both of which are defined herein.
- heteroaralkyl groups include pyridin-3-ylmethyl, 3-(benzofuran-2-yl)propyl, and the like.
- aryl means a cyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring having from 5 to 12 carbon atoms.
- aryl includes both monovalent species and divalent species. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl and the like. In particular embodiment, an aryl is phenyl.
- aryl(1-6C)alkyl means an aryl group covalently attached to a (1-6C)alkylene group, both of which are defined herein.
- aryl-(1-6C)alkyl groups include benzyl, phenylethyl, and the like
- heterocyclyl(m-nC)alkyl comprises (m-nC)alkyl substituted by heterocyclyl.
- groups with large carbon chains are disclosed (e.g. (1-12C)alkyl, (1-8C)alkenyl, etc.), such groups may optionally be shortened, for instance containing a between 1 and 5 carbons (e.g. (1-5C)alkyl or (1-5C)alkenyl), or contain between 1 and 3 carbons (e.g. (1-3C)alkyl or (1-3C)alkenyl instead of (1-12C)alkyl or (1-8C)alkenyl).
- groups with large carbon chains e.g. (1-12C)alkyl, (1-8C)alkenyl, etc.
- such groups may optionally be shortened, for instance containing a between 1 and 5 carbons (e.g. (1-5C)alkyl or (1-5C)alkenyl), or contain between 1 and 3 carbons (e.g. (1-3C)alkyl or (1-3C)alkenyl instead of (1-12C)alkyl or (1-8C)alkenyl).
- a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the invention is, for example, an acid-addition salt of a compound of the invention which is sufficiently basic, for example, an acid-addition salt with, for example, an inorganic or organic acid, for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, trifluoroacetic, formic, citric or maleic acid.
- a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the invention which is sufficiently acidic is an alkali metal salt, for example a sodium or potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, for example a calcium or magnesium salt, an ammonium salt or a salt with an organic base which affords a physiologically-acceptable cation, for example a salt with methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, piperidine, morpholine or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine.
- an alkali metal salt for example a sodium or potassium salt
- an alkaline earth metal salt for example a calcium or magnesium salt
- an ammonium salt or a salt with an organic base which affords a physiologically-acceptable cation
- a salt with methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, piperidine, morpholine or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine for example a salt with methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, piperidine, morpholine or tris-(2-hydroxye
- isomers Compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “isomers”. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers”. Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed “enantiomers”. When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible.
- An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or ( ⁇ )-isomers respectively).
- a chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a “racemic mixture”.
- the compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)-stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof.
- the methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art (see discussion in Chapter 4 of “Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2001), for example by synthesis from optically active starting materials or by resolution of a racemic form.
- Some of the compounds of the invention may have geometric isomeric centres (E- and Z-isomers). It is to be understood that the present invention encompasses all optical, diastereoisomers and geometric isomers and mixtures thereof that possess telomerase inhibitory activity.
- H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H(D), and 3 H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14 C; and O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 0 and 18 0; and the like.
- tautomeric forms include keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, and nitro/aci-nitro.
- N-oxides Compounds of the formula I containing an amine function may also form N-oxides.
- a reference herein to a compound of the formula I that contains an amine function also includes the N-oxide. Where a compound contains several amine functions, one or more than one nitrogen atom may be oxidised to form an N-oxide.
- N-oxides are the N-oxides of a tertiary amine or a nitrogen atom of a nitrogen-containing heterocycle.
- N-Oxides can be formed by treatment of the corresponding amine with an oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or a per-acid (e.g. a peroxycarboxylic acid), see for example Advanced Organic Chemistry, by Jerry March, 4th Edition, Wiley Interscience, pages. More particularly, N-oxides can be made by the procedure of L. W. Deady (Syn. Comm. 1977, 7, 509-514) in which the amine compound is reacted with m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (MCPBA), for example, in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane.
- MCPBA m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid
- the compounds of formula I may be administered in the form of a pro-drug which is broken down in the human or animal body to release a compound of the invention.
- a pro-drug may be used to alter the physical properties and/or the pharmacokinetic properties of a compound of the invention.
- a pro-drug can be formed when the compound of the invention contains a suitable group or substituent to which a property-modifying group can be attached.
- Examples of pro-drugs include in vivo cleavable ester derivatives that may be formed at a carboxy group or a hydroxy group in a compound of the formula I and in-vivo cleavable amide derivatives that may be formed at a carboxy group or an amino group in a compound of the formula I.
- the present invention includes those compounds of the formula I as defined hereinbefore when made available by organic synthesis and when made available within the human or animal body by way of cleavage of a pro-drug thereof. Accordingly, the present invention includes those compounds of the formula I that are produced by organic synthetic means and also such compounds that are produced in the human or animal body by way of metabolism of a precursor compound, that is a compound of the formula I may be a synthetically-produced compound or a metabolically-produced compound.
- a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I is one that is based on reasonable medical judgement as being suitable for administration to the human or animal body without undesirable pharmacological activities and without undue toxicity.
- a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I that possesses a carboxy group is, for example, an in vivo cleavable ester thereof.
- An in vivo cleavable ester of a compound of the formula I containing a carboxy group is, for example, a pharmaceutically acceptable ester which is cleaved in the human or animal body to produce the parent acid.
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable esters for carboxy include C 1-6 alkyl esters such as methyl, ethyl and tent-butyl, C 1-6 alkoxymethyl esters such as methoxymethyl esters, C 1-6 alkanoyloxymethyl esters such as pivaloyloxymethyl esters, 3-phthalidyl esters, C 3-8 cycloalkylcarbonyloxy- C 1-6 alkyl esters such as cyclopentylcarbonyloxymethyl and 1-cyclohexylcarbonyloxyethyl esters, 2-oxo-1,3-dioxolenylmethyl esters such as 5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-ylmethyl esters and C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxy- C 1-6 alkyl esters such as methoxycarbonyloxymethyl and 1-methoxycarbonyloxyethyl esters.
- C 1-6 alkyl esters such as methyl, ethyl
- a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I that possesses a hydroxy group is, for example, an in vivo cleavable ester or ether thereof.
- An in vivo cleavable ester or ether of a compound of the formula I containing a hydroxy group is, for example, a pharmaceutically acceptable ester or ether which is cleaved in the human or animal body to produce the parent hydroxy compound.
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable ester forming groups for a hydroxy group include inorganic esters such as phosphate esters (including phosphoramidic cyclic esters). Further suitable pharmaceutically acceptable ester forming groups for a hydroxy group include C 1-10 alkanoyl groups such as acetyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl and substituted benzoyl and phenylacetyl groups, C 1-10 alkoxycarbonyl groups such as ethoxycarbonyl, N,N-(C 1-6 ) 2 carbamoyl, 2-dialkylaminoacetyl and 2-carboxyacetyl groups.
- inorganic esters such as phosphate esters (including phosphoramidic cyclic esters).
- Further suitable pharmaceutically acceptable ester forming groups for a hydroxy group include C 1-10 alkanoyl groups such as acetyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl and substituted benzoyl and phenylacetyl groups
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable ether forming groups for a hydroxy group include a-acyloxyalkyl groups such as acetoxymethyl and pivaloyloxymethyl groups.
- a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I that possesses a carboxy group is, for example, an in vivo cleavable amide thereof, for example an amide formed with an amine such as ammonia, a C 1-4 alkylamine such as methylamine, a (C 1-4 alkyl) 2 amine such as dimethylamine, N-ethyl-N-methylamine or diethylamine, a C 1-4 alkoxy-C 2-4 alkylamine such as 2-methoxyethylamine, a phenyl-C 1-4 alkylamine such as benzylamine and amino acids such as glycine or an ester thereof.
- an amine such as ammonia
- a C 1-4 alkylamine such as methylamine
- a (C 1-4 alkyl) 2 amine such as dimethylamine, N-ethyl-N-methylamine or diethylamine
- a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I that possesses an amino group is, for example, an in vivo cleavable amide derivative thereof.
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable amides from an amino group include, for example an amide formed with C 1-10 alkanoyl groups such as an acetyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl and substituted benzoyl and phenylacetyl groups.
- Examples of ring substituents on the phenylacetyl and benzoyl groups include aminomethyl, N-alkylaminomethyl, N,N-dialkylaminomethyl, morpholinomethyl, piperazin-1-ylmethyl and 4-(C 1-4 alkyl)piperazin-1-ylmethyl.
- the in vivo effects of a compound of the formula may be exerted in part by one or more metabolites that are formed within the human or animal body after administration of a compound of the formula I.
- the in vivo effects of a compound of the formula I may also be exerted by way of metabolism of a precursor compound (a pro-drug).
- compounds of formula I may also be covalently linked (at any suitable position) to other groups such as, for example, solubilising moieties (for example, PEG polymers), moieties that enable them to be bound to a solid support (such as, for example, biotin-containing moieties), and targeting ligands (such as antibodies or antibody fragments).
- solubilising moieties for example, PEG polymers
- moieties that enable them to be bound to a solid support such as, for example, biotin-containing moieties
- targeting ligands such as antibodies or antibody fragments
- weight percentage refers to the percentage of said component by weight relative to the total weight of the composition as a whole. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the sum of weight percentages of all components of a composition will total 100 wt %. However, where not all components are listed (e.g. where compositions are said to “comprise” one or more particular components), the weight percentage balance may optionally be made up to 100 wt % by unspecified ingredients (e.g. a diluent, such as water, or other non-essentially but suitable additives).
- a diluent such as water
- a parameter e.g. pH, pKa, etc.
- state of a material e.g. liquid, gas, etc.
- SATP standard ambient temperature and pressure
- references herein to a “pKa” should be construed as a pKa value in water at standard ambient temperature and pressure (SATP), suitably of the conjugate acid of the relevant species.
- composition is said to comprise a plurality of stipulated ingredients (optionally in stipulated amounts of concentrations)
- said composition may optionally include additional ingredients other than those stipulated.
- a composition said to comprise a plurality of stipulated ingredients may in fact consist essentially of or consist of all the stipulated ingredients.
- weight percentage refers to the percentage of said component by weight relative to the total weight of the composition as a whole. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the sum of weight percentages of all components of a composition will total 100 wt %. However, where not all components are listed (e.g. where compositions are said to “comprise” one or more particular components), the weight percentage balance may optionally be made up to 100 wt % by unspecified ingredients (e.g. a diluent, such as water, or other non-essentially but suitable additives).
- a diluent such as water
- the term “parts” when used in relation to multiple ingredients/components, refers to relative ratios between said multiple ingredients/components. Expressing molar or weight ratios of two, three or more components gives rise to the same effect (e.g. a molar ratio of x, y, and z is x 1 :y 1 :z 1 respectively, or a range x 1 -x 2 :y 1 -y 2 :z 1 -z 2 ).
- any or all such wt % values may be converted to parts by weight (or relative ratios) to define a multi-component composition. This is so because the relative ratios between components is often more important than the absolute concentrations thereof in the liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- a composition comprising multiple ingredients is described in terms of parts by weight alone (i.e. to indicate only relative ratios of ingredients), it is not necessary to stipulate the absolute amounts or concentrations of said ingredients (whether in toto or individually) because the advantages of the invention can stem from the relative ratios of the respective ingredients rather than their absolute quantities or concentrations.
- such compositions consists essentially of or consist of the stipulated ingredients and a diluents (e.g. water).
- composition when used in relation to a given component of a composition, refers to a composition to which essentially none of said component has been added.
- a composition is “substantially free” of a given component, said composition suitably comprises no more than 0.001 wt % of said component, suitably no more than 0.0001 wt % of said component, suitably no more than 0.00001 wt %, suitably no more than 0.000001 wt %, suitably no more than 0.0000001 wt % thereof, most suitably no more than 0.0001 parts per billion (by weight).
- composition where a composition is said to “consists essentially of” a particular component, said composition suitably comprises at least 70 wt % of said component, suitably at least 90 wt % thereof, suitably at least 95 wt % thereof, most suitably at least 99 wt % thereof.
- a composition said to “consist essentially of” a particular component consists of said component save for one or more trace impurities.
- mol percent (i.e. mol %) is well understood by those skilled in the art, and the mol % of a particular constituent means the amount of the particular constituent (expressed in moles) divided by the total amount of all constituents (including the particular constiuent) converted into a percentage (i.e. by multiplying by 100). The concept of mol % is directly related to mole fraction.
- treatment and the therapies encompassed by this invention, include the following and combinations thereof: (1) inhibiting, e.g. delaying initiation and/or progression of, an event, state, disorder or condition, for example arresting, reducing or delaying the development of the event, state, disorder or condition, or a relapse thereof in case of maintenance treatment or secondary prophylaxis, or of at least one clinical or subclinical symptom thereof; (2) preventing or delaying the appearance of clinical symptoms of an event, state, disorder or condition developing in an animal (e.g.
- the benefit to a patient to be treated may be either statistically significant or at least perceptible to the patient or to the physician.
- compositions and methods described herein are of use for therapy and/or prophylaxis of the mentioned conditions.
- prophylaxis includes reference to treatment therapies for the purpose of preserving health or inhibiting or delaying the initiation and/or progression of an event, state, disorder or condition, for example for the purpose of reducing the chance of an event, state, disorder or condition occurring.
- the outcome of the prophylaxis may be, for example, preservation of health or delaying the initiation and/or progression of an event, state, disorder or condition. It will be recalled that, in any individual patient or even in a particular patient population, a treatment may fail, and this paragraph is to be understood accordingly.
- inhibitor includes reference to delaying, stopping, reducing the incidence of, reducing the risk of and/or reducing the severity of an event, state, disorder or condition. Inhibiting an event, state, disorder or condition may therefore include delaying or stopping initiation and/or progression of such, and reducing the risk of such occurring.
- the products of the disclosure may be used to inhibit events, disorders and/or conditions which are disclosed herein.
- a “therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
- the “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the mammal to be treated.
- Routes of administration useful in the disclosed methods include but are not limited to oral and parenteral routes, such as intravenous (iv), intraperitoneal (ip), rectal, topical, ophthalmic, nasal, and transdermal.
- oral and parenteral routes such as intravenous (iv), intraperitoneal (ip), rectal, topical, ophthalmic, nasal, and transdermal.
- inventive method of manufacturing a compound of Formula I may be described by the reaction scheme of Scheme 1.
- a method may also be used to form a variety of pharmaceutical drug substances incorporating the relevant molecular core (i.e. defined by formula I), such as flucytosine (N-unsubstituted), emtricitabine (internal N-substituted), and capecitabine (N,N-disubstituted).
- the method involves monofluorination of the compound II to produce the compound I. Since it is typically problematic to separate compound I (product) from compound II (starting material) (e.g. during purification and/or isolation of compound I) and thus difficult to obtain pure compound I from a mixture of compounds I and II, the fluorination reaction upon compound II is suitably driven (substantially) to completion (suitably at least 99% completion, most suitably 100% completion). This allows compound I to be isolated from a crude reaction mixture in a (substantially) pure form, with minimal contamination by compound II. However, prior to the advent of the present invention, such monofluorination (especially where compound II is substantially all consumed during the fluorination reaction) would inevitably result in the formation of substantial quantities of the compound of Formula I-imp.
- Compound I-imp is a difluorinated analog (or impurity) of compound I. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is thought that compound I-imp is formed by fluorination of compound I, a reaction which may compete with fluorination of compound II. Though compound I is generally readily separable from compound I-imp (e.g. during purification and/or isolation of compound I), the “over-fluorination” that leads to compound I-imp compromises the yield of compound I. Such fluorinations have therefore traditionally been a compromise between purity and yield, since an improvement in one of these generally compromises the other.
- the method of the present invention affords a surprisingly significant reduction in compound I-imp formation under conditions which allow the fluorination reaction to be drive (substantially) to completion (i.e. to consume substantially all of compound II).
- This allows high yields of highly pure compound I.
- Such a methodology also allows for the synthesis of compounds of formula I in a minimal number of steps from readily available inexpensive commodity chemicals.
- the combination of synthetic methodology e.g. that the fluorination step is a downstream step, nearer to the end of the synthesis
- reaction conditions e.g. continuous flow
- Necessary starting materials may be obtained by standard procedures of organic chemistry. The preparation of such starting materials is described in conjunction with the following representative process variants and within the accompanying Examples. Alternatively necessary starting materials are obtainable by analogous procedures to those illustrated which are within the ordinary skill of an organic chemist.
- the compounds of the invention such as a compound of Formula I or pharmaceutical drug substance (or salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) can be isolated and purified using techniques well known in the art. This may include an appropriate work-up procedure (optionally including quenching, pH adjustment, washes, drying, etc.). This may include concentration (e.g. in vacuo), recrystallisation, chromatography (whether standard or reverse-phase). Purity may be verified by techniques well known in the art.
- a “synthetic equivalent” is well understood by those skilled in the art, especially in the art of retrosynthesis, as a reference to a compound (or compounds) corresponding with a given “synthon” (E. J. Corey, Pure App. Chem., 1967, 14: 30-37). Any given synthon may have a plurality of synthetic equivalents and, as such, a given first synthetic equivalent may be considered a synthetic equivalent of a second synthetic equivalent, though each of the two synthetic equivalents naturally correspond with a common synthon.
- a synthon is (typically) a hypothetical structural unit, fragment, or synthetic building block relating to a potential synthetic operation (E. J. Corey, “Robert Robinson Lecture.
- Synthetic equivalents may be particularly relevant in the context of protecting groups, which may be transiently incorporated into part of the molecular structure of a compound (especially a part of said molecule which may be vulnerable or sensitive during processing) in order that they can be removed once having served their protective function.
- the method of the invention may optionally comprise any one or more of:
- the method may, following conversion of a compound II to a compound I, thereafter involve transformation of a compound I into another compound of formula I (e.g. by manipulating the relevant substituent groups, e.g. by transforming any one or more of X, Y, R 1 , R 2 , or any groups associated therewith, to an alternative one or more of X, Y, R 1 , R 2 , or any groups associated therewith).
- nitrogen atoms bearing a hydrogen may be derivatised through appropriate coupling with a group other than hydrogen, for instance via glycosylation (e.g. N-glycosylation with a sugar compound or activated sugar to form an N-glycosyl derivative), herniaminalisation (e.g.
- N-hemiaminalisation with a lactol or activated lactol to form N-cyclic hemiaminal ethers N-alkylation, N-acylation, and N-carbamoylation (to form an N-carbamate), and such like.
- Such transformations are particularly relevant where, for example, a specific compound of Formula I (e.g.
- flucytosine or a salt or solvate thereof is further processed to form one of either Capecitabine (where further processing steps suitably involve N-glycosylation at the internal ring NH moiety to form a corresponding N-cyclic hemiaminal ether, and also N-carbamoylation at the external NH 2 moiety to form an n-pentyl carbamate) or Emtricitabine (where one of the further processing steps suitably involves N-hemiaminalisation at the internal ring NH moiety to form a corresponding N-cyclic hemiaminal ether).
- Capecitabine where further processing steps suitably involve N-glycosylation at the internal ring NH moiety to form a corresponding N-cyclic hemiaminal ether, and also N-carbamoylation at the external NH 2 moiety to form an n-pentyl carbamate
- Emtricitabine where one of the further processing steps suitably involves N-hemiaminalisation at the internal ring
- reactants include, for example, groups such as amino, carboxy or hydroxy it may be desirable to protect the group in some of the reactions mentioned herein.
- a suitable protecting group for an amino or alkylamino group is, for example, an acyl group, for example an alkanoyl group such as acetyl, an alkoxycarbonyl group, for example a methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl or t-butoxycarbonyl group, an arylmethoxycarbonyl group, for example benzyloxycarbonyl, or an aroyl group, for example benzoyl.
- the deprotection conditions for the above protecting groups necessarily vary with the choice of protecting group.
- an acyl group such as an alkanoyl or alkoxycarbonyl group or an aroyl group may be removed by, for example, hydrolysis with a suitable base such as an alkali metal hydroxide, for example lithium or sodium hydroxide.
- a suitable base such as an alkali metal hydroxide, for example lithium or sodium hydroxide.
- an acyl group such as a tert-butoxycarbonyl group may be removed, for example, by treatment with a suitable acid as hydrochloric, sulfuric or phosphoric acid or trifluoroacetic acid and an arylmethoxycarbonyl group such as a benzyloxycarbonyl group may be removed, for example, by hydrogenation over a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon, or by treatment with a Lewis acid for example boron tris(trifluoroacetate).
- a suitable alternative protecting group for a primary amino group is, for example, a phthaloyl group which may be removed by treatment with an alkylamine, for example dimethylaminopropylamine, or with hydrazine.
- a suitable protecting group for a hydroxy group is, for example, an acyl group, for example an alkanoyl group such as acetyl, an aroyl group, for example benzoyl, or an arylmethyl group, for example benzyl.
- the deprotection conditions for the above protecting groups will necessarily vary with the choice of protecting group.
- an acyl group such as an alkanoyl or an aroyl group may be removed, for example, by hydrolysis with a suitable base such as an alkali metal hydroxide, for example lithium, sodium hydroxide or ammonia.
- a suitable base such as an alkali metal hydroxide, for example lithium, sodium hydroxide or ammonia.
- an arylmethyl group such as a benzyl group may be removed, for example, by hydrogenation over a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon.
- a suitable protecting group for a carboxy group is, for example, an esterifying group, for example a methyl or an ethyl group which may be removed, for example, by hydrolysis with a base such as sodium hydroxide, or for example a t-butyl group which may be removed, for example, by treatment with an acid, for example an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid, or for example a benzyl group which may be removed, for example, by hydrogenation over a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon.
- a base such as sodium hydroxide
- a t-butyl group which may be removed, for example, by treatment with an acid, for example an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid, or for example a benzyl group which may be removed, for example, by hydrogenation over a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon.
- the method(s) of the invention may therefore comprise, at any stage (including intermediates) though most suitably after a final synthetic step, optionally, and if necessary:
- any of the aforementioned general points regarding the synthesis of a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) may suitably also apply mutatis mutandis to other compounds and/or methods of the invention, especially those pertaining to a pharmaceutical drug substance (whether that be a compound of Formula I or a derivative thereof).
- the present invention provides a method of manufacturing a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) as defined herein.
- a method may be termed “electrophilic fluorination”, since it suitably involves the electrophilic fluorination (i.e. with an electrophilic fluorinating agent) of a compound of Formula II.
- the present invention also provides a novel compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) obtainable by, obtained by, or directly obtained by the method of manufacturing the compound of Formula I.
- the reaction between the compound of Formula II and the electrophilic fluorinating agent is performed in a continuous flow reactor.
- the continuous flow reactor is operable (or operated) to mix input materials to thereby produce a reaction mixture and cause a chemical reaction between the input materials.
- the continuous flow reactor may be simply a reaction vessel (or internal reactor) with input and output flow line(s) (or connectors therefor) into which multiple input loads are continuous fed (and suitably out of which one or more output loads flow), though in the context of the invention the continuous flow reactor may suitably be considered to comprise at least an internal reactor (or reaction vessel) but may additionally comprise any, some, or all other elements of an apparatus for performing the method(s) of the invention (i.e. optionally including any flow lines, connectors, junctions, input reservoirs, output collectors, heating and/or pressure controllers, flow controllers, etc.).
- the compound of Formula II and the electrophilic fluorinating agent are collectively “input materials” or are respectively a first and second input material.
- the product(s) of the reaction are “output materials” (though the output materials may include input materials if there is an incomplete reaction).
- a continuous flow reactor is operated to (substantially) continuously mix a first input load (or flow) comprising the compound of Formula II (the first input material) with a second input load (or flow) comprising the electrophilic fluorinating agent (the second input material), suitably so that the respective input materials are mixed together in pre-determined relative quantities, at pre-determinated relative rates, and/or allowed or caused to react together (e.g.
- the continuous flow reactor is operated to control the relative (and suitably also the absolute) rate of mixing of the relevant input loads.
- the input loads each respectively have a known pre-determined concentration of each of the respective input materials.
- the relative weight or molar ratios of the first and second input materials) in a continuous flow process must be established by reference to the concentration of input materials in their respective input loads and the flow rates of these respective input loads.
- the skilled person is well capable of establishing and/or pre-setting the reaction stoichiometry or relative ratios of input materials of a continuous flow process.
- the continuous flow reactor may be any suitable continuous flow reactor, of which there is a variety already well known in the art, for example: pipe/laminar flow systems, falling film reactors, ‘counter current’ flow reactors, spinning disc devices, pipe-in-pipe systems, and parallel multichannel reactors such as those described in an earlier patent application of the present applicant (WO03/095086), MEPI reactors, and Chemtrix systems.
- suitable materials and construction methods for continuous flow reactors and any suitable materials and construction methods and arrangements may be used.
- continuous flow reactors are often formed from stainless steel, silicon carbide, copper, and such like.
- the continuous flow reactor comprises two or more fluidly-connected flow line(s) capable of carrying a continuous flow of fluid materials (including input materials and output materials) through the continuous flow reactor.
- the continuous flow reactor comprises upstream input flow line(s) (for carrying input loads and materials) fluidly-connected to downstream output flow line(s) (for carrying output loads and materials), suitably via one or more junctions and/or one or more mid-stream flow line(s), and optionally via one or more internal reactor(s).
- the continuous flow reactor may comprise any suitable means (or elements) for conveying and mixing the relevant input loads.
- the continuous flow reactor may be a single integrated apparatus or may comprise two or more pieces of individual apparatus which combine to produce an overall continuous flow apparatus for carrying out the method of the invention.
- the continuous flow reactor may even include one or more syringes (suitably each associated with a corresponding syringe pump for automatically controlling flow of the relevant input load) and/or one or more mass-flow controllers may be suitable, though more sophisticated equipment is most suitably employed, especially at larger scales.
- the continuous flow reactor is also suitably fluidly-connected to distinct reservoirs of relevant input material(s), in order that the relevant input material(s) can become (comprised of the) input loads and duly conveyed through the continuous flow reactor.
- one or more pumps are used to pump loads through the continuous flow reactor.
- a separate pump is used to control the flow rate of each input load, thereby suitably controlling the relative quantities of each when mixed at a junction.
- the continuous flow reactor suitably includes at least a first and second input flow line (suitably each being a suitable tube or pipe for carrying the respective first and second input loads), a first junction (where the first and second flow lines converge, meet or join, and thus by definition downstream from the first and second input flow line(s)), and a first output flow line (suitably a tube or pipe for carrying the relevant output load, suitably resulting from the mixed first and second input loads and optionally further input loads where relevant, and thus by definition downstream from the junction at which said input loads are mixed).
- a first and second input flow line suitably each being a suitable tube or pipe for carrying the respective first and second input loads
- a first junction where the first and second flow lines converge, meet or join, and thus by definition downstream from the first and second input flow line(s)
- a first output flow line suitably a tube or pipe for carrying the relevant output load, suitably resulting from the mixed first and second input loads and optionally further input loads where relevant, and thus by definition downstream from the junction at which said input loads
- the first input load comprises (and the first input flow line carries) the compound of Formula II
- the second input load comprises (and the second input flow line carries) the electrophilic fluorinating agent
- the first and second input lines are respectively fluidly-connected to a first and second reservoir respectively comprising the compound of Formula II (first reservoir) and the electrophilic fluorinating agent (second reservoir).
- the first and second reservoir suitably each respectively comprise a first input reserve (comprising the first input material/compound of Formula II) and a second input reserve (comprising the second input material/electrophilic fluorinating agent), where suitably each input reserve is in fluid form.
- each input reserve comprises pre-determined concentration of the relevant input material.
- each fluid reserve equates to each particular input load (i.e. each input load comprises the same concentration of input material as the corresponding input reserve), though optionally further input flow line(s) may carry further (carrier) input load(s) (e.g. diluent(s), carrier(s) for mixing with the relevant input reserves either at or downstream from the respective input reservoirs—this may cause an input load to be more dilute in a given input material than the corresponding input reserve from which it was formed. This may be achieved by locating additional junction(s) upstream from the first junction, i.e. junctions which premix one or more carrier input load(s) with the first and/or second input reserves to produce respective first and/or second input loads.
- carrier input load(s) e.g. diluent(s), carrier(s) for mixing with the relevant input reserves either at or downstream from the respective input reservoirs—this may cause an input load to be more dilute in a given input material than the corresponding input reserve from which it was formed.
- junctions up
- Such additional junction(s) may, for instance, join either or both of the first and/or second input flow line(s) downstream from the first and/or second reservoir(s) but upstream from the first junction, so that each of the first and second input loads are delivered to the first junction (for mixing) with the required concentration of input material(s) in each.
- the first input reserve (and/or the first input load), i.e. which contains the compound of Formula II, is provided as a liquid composition comprising the first input material (compound II) mixed with a diluent (i.e. collectively a first input reserve composition).
- the diluent is suitably a liquid at standard ambient temperature and pressure, though compound II may be a solid.
- the first input reserve composition is suitably a liquid solution of the compound of Formula II.
- the first input load is as high a concentration as possible whilst still remaining fluidly mobile under the operating conditions of the continuous flow reactor.
- the first input reserve composition is as high a concentration as possible whilst remaining fluidly mobile under said conditions.
- the second input reserve (and/or the second input load), i.e. which contains the electrophilic fluorinating agent, is provided as a gaseous composition comprising the second input material (electrophilic fluorinating agent) mixed with a diluent (i.e. collectively a second input reserve composition).
- the diluent is suitably a gas at standard ambient temperature and pressure, and suitably so is the second input material.
- the second input reserve composition is suitably a uniform electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprising a mixture of the second input material and a diluent gas.
- the concentration of the second input load (with respect to the second input material) is controlled to optimise the reaction condition (e.g. to control exotherms, run-aways, over-heating, etc.).
- the concentration of the second input reserve composition is duly controlled.
- the continuous flow reactor is operated to carry first and second input loads (respectively comprising compound II and electrophilic fluorinating agent), suitably from respective first and second input reservoirs, via distinct first and second input flow lines, to the first junction, where said input loads are mixed to produce a “reaction mixture”.
- first and second input loads (respectively comprising compound II and electrophilic fluorinating agent), suitably from respective first and second input reservoirs, via distinct first and second input flow lines, to the first junction, where said input loads are mixed to produce a “reaction mixture”.
- a separate pump is used to control the flow rate of each input load, to thereby suitably control the relative quantities of each input load (and hence relative quantities of each respective input material) when mixed at the first junction.
- the continuous flow reactor suitably comprises an internal reactor (i.e. a first internal reactor), suitably in fluid communication with (or connected to) input and output flow line(s), and is suitably located at or downstream from (and fluidly in-line with) the first junction.
- the continuous flow reactor is operable or configured to feed the reaction mixture through the internal reactor (suitably at a pre-determined rate, suitably to provide a pre-determined residence time within the internal reactor).
- the continuous flow reactor is suitably operated to mix the input loads (i.e.
- the internal reactor may be a vessel (like a reactor vessel), tube, or pipe, operable to facilitate reaction of the first and second input materials.
- the internal reactor is a coiled tube or pipe, suitably with a (substantially) uniform bore or internal diameter.
- the internal reactor is a standard coiled 1 m long stainless steel tube with an internal diameter of 1.4 mm.
- the continuous flow reactor (or collective continuous flow apparatus) includes:
- the continuous flow reactor may comprise one or more further input flow lines (i.e. third, fourth, . . . input flow lines), and optionally corresponding one or more further reservoirs (i.e. third, fourth . . . input reservoirs), configured to carry one or more further input loads and/or input materials (i.e. third, forth, . . . input loads/materials). Additional input loads may be used to modify reaction conditions in real time, or for the delivery of additional reagents or precursors therefor.
- the conditions prevailing within the internal reactor may be judiciously selected, controlled, and/or maintained, suitably by controlling one or more reaction parmeters (e.g. temperature, pressure, residence time, mixing).
- the dimensions and shape of the internal reactor may be optionally adjustable, to control one or more reaction parameters.
- the internal reactor may be (optionally adjustably) dimensioned and/or shaped to provide a desired reaction mixture “residence time” (i.e. the volumetric residence time of the reaction mixture, which is the ratio of the reactor's internal volume and the overall volumetric flow rate of the reaction mixture through the reactor—i.e. where overall volumetric flow rate is suitably the sum of the flow rates of the first and second input loads).
- this “residence time” may also be influenced by the overall flow rate, which may be altered by adjusting the flow rate of the individual input loads.
- “residence time” is generally a measure of the duration of reaction within the internal reactor (i.e. the time taken for a given volume of reaction mixture to pass through the reactor). Note, however, that the reaction mixture “residence time” is distinct from the residence time of a given weight, volume, or number of moles, of input and output materials, whose residence times are additionally influenced by the concentration of the relevant materials.
- the continuous flow reactor may be operated to induce, adjust, but most preferably maintain one or more reaction parameters within the internal reactor.
- the reactor comprises or is associated with a heating or cooling device
- the temperature within the internal reactor (and therefore of the reaction mixture) may be selected, maintained, or adjusted—it may be particularly important to apply cooling or otherwise allow heat-exchange to remove heat generated during a reaction by exotherms (this is often the case where fluorine gas reacts with a compound of Formula II).
- the reactor comprises or is associated with a pressure adjusting device (e.g. a vacuum pump or autoclave)
- the pressure (or lack thereof) within the internal reactor (and therefore of the reaction mixture) may be selected, maintained, or adjusted.
- the reactor comprises an agitation element (e.g.
- reaction mixture may be facilitated.
- the reactor is configured to receive input from one or more further input flow lines, prevailing reaction conditions (e.g. pH) within the internal reactor (and therefore of the reaction mixture) may be selected, maintained, or adjusted.
- prevailing reaction conditions e.g. pH
- the reactor comprises a gas outlet or gas output flow line (as distinct from a reaction mixture output flow line), optionally connected to a scrubber (e.g. soda lime scrubber for scrubbing excess), gaseous input material(s) and/or gaseous output materials (produced following the chemical reaction) may be conveniently diverted so that an output load (carrying output material(s)) exiting the reactor comprises a reduced concentration of said gaseous materials relative to the concentration of said gaseous materials in the reaction mixture (i.e.
- Such separation of gases (and optional scrubbing) may occur downstream from the reactor, suitably at a collector point (where the output load is collected).
- Such induction, adjustment, and/or maintainance of one or more reaction parameters within the internal reactor may suitably further facilitate a chemical reaction within the internal reactor.
- an output load (comprising output materials, which may optionally include one or more of the input materials, though suitably all input materials have reacted within the reactor or been removed from reaction mixture or output load) suitably passes into the one or more output flow line(s) (suitably into a single output line).
- the output load is exposed to different conditions (e.g. temperature, heat-exchange, pressure, partial pressure or gaseous input materials) to that of the reaction mixture within the internal reactor. This may be merely due to the cessation of change(s) in the one or more reaction parameters prevailing within the internal reactor.
- the continuous flow reactor may be operated to induce, adjust, but most preferably maintain one or more parameters within the output flow line(s) (e.g. temperature, pressure, or even a quenching agent to quench a reaction).
- the reaction is suitably quenched (or at least retarded) following exit from the internal reactor to the output line(s).
- the output load(s) is collected, and suitably thereafter the desired output material(s) are isolated and/or purified therefrom, suitably outside the continuous fliow reactor.
- An output load that has been collected may be termed a “collected output load”.
- the continuous flow reactor is a microreactor. In a particular embodiment, the continuous flow reactor is a stainless steel tube reactor.
- R x , R y , R 1a , R 1b , R N , R s , L 1 , Q 1 , R L1 , R L2 , n has any of the meanings defined hereinbefore or in any of paragraphs (1) to (26) hereinafter:—
- L 1 is a direct bond or is selected from CH 2 , O, S, SO, SO 2 , N(R L1 ), CO, CR L1 (OR L2 ), CON(R L1 ), N(R L1 )CO, N(R L1 )C(O)O, N(R L1 )CON(R L2 ), SO 2 N(R L1 ), N(R L1 )SO 2 , OC(R L1 ) 2 , SC(R L1 ) 2 and N(R L1 )C(R L2 ) 2 , wherein R L1 and R L2 are each independently hydrogen or (1-5C)alkyl; and Q 1 is (1-5C)alkyl, (2-4C)alkenyl, (2-4C)alkynyl, aryl, aryl-(1-4C)alkyl, (5-6C)cycloalkyl, (5-6C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(1-4C)
- the compound(s) of Formula II, I, and/or I-imp are defined as herein, where X is NR x , and Y is 0, i.e. the compound(s) respectively have the structural Formula IIa, Ia, and/or Ia-imp shown below:
- R 1 , R 2 , R x , and any groups associated therewith have any one of the meanings defined herein, or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof.
- the compound(s) of Formula IIa, Ia, and/or Ia-imp are defined as herein, where R 1 is NR 1a R 1b , i.e. the compound(s) respectively have the structural Formula IIb, Ib, and/or Ib-imp shown below:
- R 1a , R 1b , R 2 , R x , and any groups associated therewith have any one of the meanings defined herein, or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof.
- the compound(s) of Formula IIb, Ib, and/or Ib-imp are defined as herein, where R 1 is NH 2 , and R 2 is hydrogen, i.e. the compound(s) respectively have the structural Formula IIc, Ic, and/or Ic-imp shown below:
- R x and any groups associated therewith, have any one of the meanings defined herein, or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof.
- the compound(s) of Formula IIb, Ib, and/or Ib-imp are defined as herein, where R x and R 2 are both hydrogen, i.e. the compound(s) respectively have the structural Formula IId, Id, and/or Id-imp shown below:
- R 1a , R 1b , and any groups associated therewith have any one of the meanings defined herein, or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof.
- the compound(s) of Formula IId, Id, and/or Id-imp are defined as herein, where R 1a and R 1b are both hydrogen, i.e. the compound(s) respectively have the structural Formula IIe, Ie, and/or Ie-imp shown below:
- the compound of formula II is cytosine
- the compound of Formula I is flucytosine, or each of these is alternatively a salt or solvate thereof.
- the compound of Formula I is selected from flucytosine, emtricitabine, or capecitabine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof.
- the pharmaceutical drug substance is selected from flucytosine, emtricitabine, or capecitabine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof.
- Compounds, such as emtricitabine or capecitabine may optionally be formed by first forming a different compound of formula I (e.g. flucytosine), and then performing one or more transformation steps to produce emtricitabine or capecitabine.
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent may be any suitable electrophilic fluorinating agent known in the art, though obviously the electrophilic fluorinating agent is suitable for use in a continuous flow reactor.
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent is provided as a fluid (whether gaseous or liquid at standard ambient temperature and pressure).
- the electrophilic fluoriniating agent is suitably provided as part of the second input load and/or the second input reserve composition.
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent is suitably provided to the continuous flow reactor as (part of) a single input load comprising a (pre-formed ready-to-use) electrophilic fluorinating agent
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent may instead be provided as one or more (more suitably two or more) electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagents which suitably react in situ within the continuous flow reactor (suitably in the presence of the compound of Formula II) or in a separate reactor (suitably in the absence of the compound of Formula II) fluidly connected with the continuous flow reactor to form the electrophilic fluorinating agent.
- references herein to electrophilic fluorinating agent(s) suitably includes any electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagent(s) that may ultimately lead to the formation of the electrophilic fluorinating agent (e.g. by reacting two or more electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagents).
- electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagent(s) may be provided as (part of) a single input load (e.g. with a second input load) or more preferably be provide as (part of) two or more separate input loads (e.g. with second and third input loads).
- Two or more electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagents may suitably constitute separate input materials and be comprised of separate input loads so as to be delivered via two separate input flow lines.
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagents may be provided as second and third input loads—for instance the second input load may comprise gaseous fluorine whilst the third input load may comprise acetic acid, such that the second and third input loads ultimately react to form the electrophilic fluorinating agent acetyl hypofluorite.
- references herein to a second input load carrying an electrophilic fluorinating agent suitably includes two or more electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagents carried as (part of) two or more separate input loads (within two or more separate input flow lines).
- electrophilic fluorinating agent is provided as a liquid, suitably it is provided as a solution, suitably in a solvent compatible for use under the reaction conditions.
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent is provided as a liquid, suitably said liquid is (substantially) homogeneous and/or uniform.
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent itself may be a solid at SATP, but suitably it is used as a solution in an appropriate solvent.
- electrophilic fluorinating agents now available for use in synthetic chemistry, a sample of which include:
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent is provided as part of the second input load (or as part of the second input reserve composition).
- the second input load (or as part of the second input reserve composition) comprises an electrophilic fluorinating agent in a concentration suitable for reaction.
- the concentration of the electrophilic fluorinating agent within the second input reserve composition and/or second input load may be given in one or more of molarity, wt %, mol %, or partial pressure.
- the second input reserve composition (and/or second input load) comprises the electrophilic fluorinating agent in a concentration between 1 wt % and 30 wt %, suitably between 2 wt % and 20 wt %, suitably between 5 wt % and 15 wt %, most suitably about 10 wt %.
- the second input reserve composition (and/or second input load) comprises between 1 and 30 mol % electrophilic fluorinating agent, suitably between 2 and 20 mol %, suitably between 5 and 15 mol %, most suitably about 10 mol %.
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent e.g. fluorine
- the second input reserve composition (and/or second input load) comprises between 1 and 30% electrophilic fluorinating agent, suitably between 2 and 25%, suitably between 3 and 20%, suitably between 5 and 15%, more suitably between 8 and 12% electrophilic fluorinating agent, most suitably about 10% electrophilic fluorinating agent.
- the balance of ingredients in the the second input reserve composition (and second input load) i.e. up to 100%
- the electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprises or consists essentially of 5 to 15% electrophilic fluorinating agent and 85 to 95% diluent gas(es). These percentages may be by moles, by weight, or by volume.
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent is a gaseous electrophilic fluorinating agent.
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent is fluorine gas, optionally provided as an electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition (i.e. corresponding to the second input load and/or second input reserve composition) comprising fluorine and optionally one or more carrier gases (e.g. nitrogen).
- carrier gases e.g. nitrogen.
- Any carrier gases are suitably inert gases, suitably inert to fluorine and suitably also inert to any other starting materials, products, or reagents of the methods of the invention.
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent is fluorine gas provided as an electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprising or consisting essential of fluorine and nitrogen.
- an electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprises between 1 and 30% fluorine, suitably between 2 and 25% fluorine, suitably between 3 and 20% fluorine, suitably between 5 and 15% fluorine, more suitably between 8 and 12% fluorine, most suitably about 10% fluorine.
- the balance of ingredients in the electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition i.e. up to 100%
- the electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprises or consists essentially of 5 to 15% fluorine and 85 to 95% nitrogen, most suitably 10% fluorine and 90% nitrogen, where % values are by volume (though since such gaseous systems behave substantially as an ideal gas, the % values may also be by weight).
- An electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition is suitably provided to a reaction mixture as a constant flow.
- the compound of Formula II is suitably provided as part of a first input reserve composition (or a first input load, which may be the same or different to the first input reserve composition, preferably the same) comprising the compound of Formula II and one or more diluent(s) (i.e. a diluent system).
- the first input reserve composition (and/or the first input load) is a solution of compound II.
- the first input reserve composition comprises compound II in a concentration between 0.01M and 10M, suitably 0.1M to 3M, suitably 0.5M to 1.5M, most suitably about 1M.
- the first input load that comprises compound II in a concentration between 0.01M and 10M, suitably 0.1M to 3M, suitably 0.5M to 1.5M, most suitably about 1M.
- the input load is most suitably (substantially) the same as the first input reserve composition (i.e. the form of the first input material taken from the reservoir thereof), if they are different then suitably a more concentrated first input reserve composition is diluted during operation of the continuous flow reactor so that the respective input load has the required concentration.
- the first input reserve composition comprises compound II in a concentration between 1 wt % and 20 wt %, suitably between 5 wt % and 15 wt %, suitably between 7 wt % and 10 wt %, most suitably about 9 wt %.
- the first input load that comprises compound II in a concentration between 1 wt % and 20 wt %, suitably between 5 wt % and 15 wt %, suitably between 7 wt % and 10 wt %, most suitably about 9 wt %.
- the first input reserve composition (and/or first input load) comprises compound II in a concentration between 0.001 and 1.0 mol %, suitably between 0.01 and 0.5 mol %, most suitably between 0.02 and 0.6 mol %.
- the diluent system suitably comprises an acid.
- the acid has a pK a greater than or equal to 2.0, suitably greater than or equal to 3.0, suitably greater than or equal to 3.17 (i.e. greater than or equal to the pK a of hydrofluoric acid), suitably greater than or equal to 3.5.
- the acid has a pK a less than or equal to 5.0, suitably less than or equal to 4.0, suitably less than or equal to 3.8. Most suitably, the acid has a pK a of about 3.77.
- the acid is an organic acid, suitably a carboxylic acid.
- the carboxylic acid is a liquid at SATP.
- the carboxylic acid is suitably defined by R′CO 2 H, wherein R′ is (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, or (2-8C)alkynyl, optionally substituted by one or more halogeno (especially fluoro), trifluoromethyl, cyano, isocyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, or (1-6C)alkoxy.
- R′ is (1-8C)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halogeno (especially fluoro).
- R′ is (1-3C)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more fluoro.
- the carboxylic acid is selected from formic acid, acetic acid, propanoic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, or trichloroacetic acid. Most preferably, the acid is formic acid.
- the diluent system may comprise the acid and one or more additional solvents.
- the diluent system comprises at least 20 wt % acid, suitably at least 40 wt %, suitably at last 60 wt %, more suitably at least 80 wt %, and most suitably the diluent system consists of or consists essentially of the acid.
- the diluent is formic acid.
- diluents such as methanol and/or acetonitrile maybe used.
- the acid may optionally be provided as (part of) a separate input load to the compound of Formula II, though most suitably they are part of the same input load.
- reaction between the compound of Formula II and the electrophilic fluorinating agent (which may be abbreviated to “the fluorination reaction”) may be further defined by reference to one or more reaction conditions.
- One of the reaction conditions may be the relative amounts of the input materials within a reaction mixture (or fed into the reaction mixture), suitably the relative amounts of compound II and electrophilic fluorinating agent.
- the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is greater than or equal to 1:1 (i.e. suitably at least 1 mole electrophilic fluorinating agent per mole of compound II), suitably greater than or equal to 1.1:1, suitably greater than or equal to 1.2:1, suitably greater than or equal to 1.4:1.
- the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is less than or equal to 2:1 (i.e.
- the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is about 1.25:1 (especially at larger scale). In a particular embodiment, the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is about 1.5:1. Most suitably the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is between 1.2:1 and 1.6:1.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the absolute concentrations of the input materials.
- the concentration of the compound of Formula II in the first input load (and suitably also within the first input reserve) is between 0.01M and 10M, between 1-20 wt %, or between 0.001-1.0 mol %.
- the concentration of the electrophilic fluorinating agent in the second input load is suitably between 1-30wt %, or between 1 and 30 mol %, or between 1 and 30% by volume.
- the second input load (and second input reserve) is a gas mixture, suitably a mixture of fluorine and nitrogen.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the relative flow rates of the input loads and/or input reserve compositions. Knowing the relative flow rates of, for instance the first and second input loads (compound II and electrophilic fluorinating agent), and also the absolute concentrations of the first input material (compound II) in the first input load and second input material (electrophilic fluorinating agent) in the second input load, allows for the relative amounts (in weight or moles) and also overall absolute molar concentrations of the input materials in a reaction mixture. Knowing the relative amounts of input materials provides an indication of the relative equivalents of each (or stoichiometry), which may be kinetically or thermodynamically influential. Knowing the overall absolute molar concentrations of the input materials in the reaction mixture allows allows for an evalulation of kinetics, since the concentration of the reaction may effect reaction rate and thus the residence time required for the reaction to proceed to a certain point (preferably completion).
- flow rates of the first input load and second input load may be given in terms of volumetric flow rate (flow volume per unit time), but also in terms of molar flow rate (moles of relevant input material per unit time).
- their relative flow rates may be given as a ratio.
- the relative volumetric flow rate may be volumetric flow rate of the first input load divided by volumetric flow rate of the second input load.
- the relative molar flow rate may be molar flow rate of the first input material divided by molar flow rate of the second input material.
- the relative volumetric flow rate of the first input load relative to the second input load is between 0.0001 and 0.1, suitably between 0.0005 and 0.01, suitably between 0.001 and 0.005, most suitably about 0.00333333.
- first input load 1M formic acid solution of cytosine (first input load) flows through the continuous flow reactor at a flow rate of 4 mL/hr such that cytosine is fluorinated with a gaseous mixture comprising 10 mol% fluorine in nitrogen (second input load) flowing at a flow rate of 20 mL/min
- the relative volumetric flow rate is 0.0033 (i.e. the second input load has a volumetric flow rate approximately 300 times higher than the first input load).
- the relative molar flow rate of the first input load (or first input material) relative to the second input load (or second input material) is between 0.5 and 1, suitably between 0.6 and 0.9, suitably between 0.625 and 0.83333, suitably about 0.8.
- first input load or first input material
- second input load or second input material
- first input load flow rate/second input load flow rate is between 0.5 and 1, suitably between 0.6 and 0.9, suitably between 0.625 and 0.83333, suitably about 0.8.
- a 1M formic acid solution of cytosine (first input load) flowing at 4 mL/hr equates to 4 mmol/hr
- a gaseous mixture comprising 10 mol % fluorine in nitrogen (second input load) flowing at 20 mL/min equates to 5 mmol/hr.
- the relative molar flow rate is 0.8 (i.e.
- the second input material has a molar flow rate approximately 1.25 times higher than the first input material—this equates to a reaction mixture comprising 1.25 moles of second input material per mole of first input material).
- relative molar flow rates equate to molar ratios, and is thus a very important parameter.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the overall flow rate - i.e. the combined flow rate of both input loads and/or input reserve compositions (or the flow rate of the reaction mixture, which is suitably formed by mixing the first and second input loads).
- This is perhaps a more important parameter from a chemical engineering point of view, since the overall flow rate generally dictates the residence time required in order to maintain a particular quality of output load/materials. This in turn may effect how the continuous flow reactor is adapted (e.g. the size or internal volume of an internal reactor). This is particular important for scale-up, especially where output rates are desirably increased.
- overall flow rates may be given in terms of overall volumetric flow rate (flow volume of combined input loads per unit time, or flow volume of the reaction mixture per unit time) or overall molar flow rate (combined number of moles of both input materials flowing per unit time).
- the overall volumetric flow rate of the first and second loads is between 100 mL/hr and 10,000 L/hr, suitably between 500 mL/hr and 10 L/hr, suitably between 1000 mL/hr and 1500 mL/hr, most suitably about 1204 mL/hr.
- the overall molar flow rate of the first and second materials (first input material flow rate +second input material flow rate) 9 mmol/hr is between 0.1 mmol/hr and 75 mol/hr, suitably between 1 mmol/hr and 75 mmol/hr, suitably between 5 mmol/hr and 15 mmol/hr, most suitably about 9 mmol/hr.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the reactor volume itself, and potentially also the shape of the reactor.
- a reactor's output e.g. the quality of the output load in terms of the distribution of output materials therein
- the residence time discussed below
- the internal reactor volume should also be increased proportionally in order to maintain the same residence time.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the residence time (herein a volumetric residence time) of the reaction mixture (i.e. after the first and second input loads are mixed together).
- the residence time is a function of the internal volume of a region within the continuous flow reactor during which a reaction between the first and second input materials occurs (which is suitably the internal volume of the or an internal reactor) and the overall volumetric flow rate of the reaction mixture (or combined input loads). Residence time may be summarised as:
- Residence time ( T r ) Internal Reactor Volume ( V 1 )/Overall Volumetric Flow Rate ( F 0 );
- T r is given in units of time
- V r is given in units of volume
- F o is given in units of volume per unit time.
- the residence time of the reaction mixture is suitably between 0.1 seconds and 120 seconds, suitably between 0.5 seconds and 60 seconds, suitably between 1 second and 10 seconds, suitably between 3 and 7 seconds, most suitably about 4.6 seconds.
- any scale-up of the continuous flow reaction would maintain the residence time within this range, all other things being equal.
- reaction conditions may be the temperature, or the application of heating or cooling.
- the continuous flow reactor is suitably operated to heat the internal reactor to facilitate the reaction.
- the continuous flow reactor is operated to cool the internal reactor (or at least allow heat exchange to remove excess heat from inside the reactor), especially where the reaction is exothermic.
- An output from the reaction is suitably termed an “output load”.
- An output from the reaction is suitably termed an “output load”.
- An output load may refer to an output load at any point along a corresponding output flow line (including immediately on exit from an internal reactor) and/or may include a “collected output load” where the relevant outpout load is collected. It will be appreciated, however, that a collected output load may have a different composition than the output load exiting an internal reactor in cases where the output load is modified along the corresponding output flow line (e.g. with quenching, scrubbing etc.) or at the collector point itself (e.g. if a gaseous component is removed and optionally scrubbed).
- an output load is itself subjected to further manipulation or alteration (e.g. further reactions, whether the same or different from a first reaction in a first internal reactor—a first output load may enter a second internal reactor where it may be treated with one or more additional input materials and thereafter exit as a second output load; or post-reaction treatments such as quenching, scrubbing, etc.) before the final output load is ultimately collected as the collected output load.
- further manipulation or alteration e.g. further reactions, whether the same or different from a first reaction in a first internal reactor—a first output load may enter a second internal reactor where it may be treated with one or more additional input materials and thereafter exit as a second output load; or post-reaction treatments such as quenching, scrubbing, etc.
- the output load of the continuous flow reactor may comprise (or the output material(s) may include) a compound of Formula I (the desired product) and a compound of Formula I-imp (a difluorinated contaminant).
- the output load may comprise (or the output material(s) may include) one or more input material(s), depending on the circumstances.
- the electrophililic fluorination reaction is incomplete (e.g. if insufficient equivents of electrophilic fluorinating agent were used, if residence time in the internal reactor was insufficient, if conditions within the internal reactor were inadequate)
- the output load may comprise (or the output material(s) may include) the compound of Formula II.
- the reaction conditions e.g.
- the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- the output load comprises (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- any gaseous outpout materials which may in any case be suitably removed from (e.g. or scrubbed out) of the output load of the continuous flow reactor, be it in an internal reactor, at a point downstream from the internal reactor (e.g. along the output flow line(s)), or at the ultimate output load collection point.
- the above embodiments relate to the collected output load, which is suitably collected within or from the continuous flow reactor in any suitable vessel.
- the output load is collected in a vessel associated with a scrubber (e.g. soda lime), suitably to “scrub out” excess fluorine gas.
- a scrubber e.g. soda lime
- the components of the output load may be analysed by methods well known in the art or by methods illustrated in the accompanying Examples.
- the output load may be examined by NMR (e.g. 1 H and/or 19 F NMR, hplc, LC-MS, etc.).
- the collected output load (or even an uncollected output load) may be further reacted (suitably as defined herein—e.g. to further transform the compound of Formula I into either another compound of Formula I or a or an alternative pharmaceutical drug substance), either directly without post-reaction processing (e.g. workup, purification, isolation, etc.) or following post-reaction processing.
- post-reaction processing e.g. workup, purification, isolation, etc.
- the collected output load is isolated and/or purified, either partially or fully, to yield a purified product (whether partial or fully) using techniques well known in the art.
- the collected output load is first concentrated in vacuo.
- the concentrated collected output load is then suitably recrystallised (suitably from water), to produce product crystals (i.e. a compound of Formula I or composition thereof).
- the product crystals are suitably filtered and dried.
- the purified product suitably comprises the compound of Formula I.
- the purified product is suitably (substantially) free of the compound of Formula I-imp.
- the purified product is suitably (substantially) free of the compound of Formula II.
- the purified product comprises:
- the purified product comprises:
- the purified product comprises:
- the molar yield of the purified product (by reference to the quantity of input material compound of Formula II) is greater than or equal to 40%, suitably greater than or equal to 50%, suitably greater than or equal to 60%.
- the compound of Formula I may itself be a pharmeutical drug substance as defined herein (e.g. especially where cytosine is fluorinated to yield flucytosine, or where relevant moieties have been pre-installed prior to the electrophilic fluorination method of the invention, as may be the case for emtricitabine or capecitabine) or may be further transformed into a or a different pharmaceutical drug substance (e.g. emtricitabine, capecitabine).
- a pharmeutical drug substance as defined herein (e.g. especially where cytosine is fluorinated to yield flucytosine, or where relevant moieties have been pre-installed prior to the electrophilic fluorination method of the invention, as may be the case for emtricitabine or capecitabine) or may be further transformed into a or a different pharmaceutical drug substance (e.g. emtricitabine, capecitabine).
- the present invention provides a method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, the method comprising:
- emtricitabine may be synthesised by preparing flucytosine in accordance with the method of the invention, and thereafter N-coupling flucytosine (or a synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. silylated flucytosine) with the relevant group(s) or compound(s), in this case a lactol (or synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. acetylated lactol).
- flucytosine or a synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. silylated flucytosine
- a lactol or synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. acetylated lactol
- WO 92/14743 illustrates the relevant steps from flucytosine to emtricitabine, whereby flucytosine is nucleophilically activated (by silylation) and reacted with an electrophilically activated lactol (e.g.
- O-butyryl-protected acetyl-activated lactol under appropriate conditions (e.g. lewis acidic conditions, e.g. SnCl 4 ) to produce emtricitabine or a protected form thereof (e.g. O-butyryl-protected) which may be finally deprotected (e.g. using basic conditions) to yield emtricitabine.
- emtricitabine is suitably resolved and/or a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt formed.
- the method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance comprises:
- capecitabine may be synthesised by preparing flucytosine in accordance with the method of the invention, and thereafter derivatising both derivatisable nitrogen atoms of flucytosine by N-coupling flucytosine (or a synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. again in this case silylated flycytosine is suitable) with the relevant group(s) or compound(s), in this case a lactol (or synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. acetylated lactol).
- flucytosine or a synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. again in this case silylated flycytosine is suitable
- a lactol or synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. acetylated lactol
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,453,497 illustrates the relevant steps from flucytosine to capecitabine, whereby flucytosine is silylated and then reacted with an electrophilically activated lactol (e.g.
- O-acetyl-protected acetyl-activated lactol under appropriate conditions (e.g. lewis acidic conditions, e.g. SnCl 4 ) to produce an intermediate compound which is then suitably further N-coupled (this time upon the free external NH 2 moiety) to an appropriate alkyloxycarbonyl group (e.g. n-pentyloxycarbonylchloride) to produce capecitabine or a protected form thereof (e.g. O-acetyl-protected) which may be finally deprotected (e.g. using basic conditions) to yield capecitabine.
- the capecitabine is suitably resolved and/or a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt formed.
- the method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance comprises:
- the present invention provides a method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) as defined herein, optionally involving performing one or more further step or steps after the electrophilic fluorination reaction to produce the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), suitably coupling steps and optional deprotection steps.
- a pharmaceutical drug substance suitably comprise a core or derivative of the compound of Formula I.
- the compound of Formula I is flucytosine or a salt or solvate thereof
- the compound of Formula II is cytosine (suitably provided as a first input load comprising a solution of cytosine, suitably an organic acid solution thereof)
- the electrophilic fluorinating agent is fluorine (suitably provided as a second input load comprising fluorine and nitrogen); wherein the cytosine and fluorine are provided to the reaction mixture so that the initial molar ratio of fluorine to cytosine is between 1.2:1 and 1.6:1 (suitably a relative molar flow rate of cytosine to fluorine between 0.625 and 0.833330); wherein the residence time of the reaction mixture is suitably between 1 second and 10 seconds.
- flucytosine (or salt or solvate thereof) formed by the method of the invention may be or otherwise be transformed into a pharmaceutical drug substance (or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof).
- the pharmaceutical drug substance is suitably selected from emtricitabine and capecitabine, and suitably transforming flucytosine (or salt or solvate thereof) into emtricitabine or capecitabine (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof) may involve performing one or more transformation steps.
- the one or more transformation steps may involve N-coupling flucytosine (or a synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. a silylated derivative of flucytosine) with the relevant group or groups or with the relevant compound or compounds (e.g. activated lactol and optionally also an activated alkylcarbonic acid) and optionally thereafter, and where necessary, performing a deprotection and/or resolution to afford the desired pharmaceutical drug substance(s).
- novel fluorination methods of the invention can significantly improve the manufacturing process of the relevant pharmaceutical drug substance(s) and suitably improves the quality of the pharmaceutical drug substance(s).
- the invention provides formulations comprising a pharmaceutical drug substance (or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof) as defined herein formulated for pharmaceutical use and optionally further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient and/or carrier.
- the invention therefore includes pharmaceutical formulations which may include, in addition to active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient and/or carrier.
- Such formulations may be used in the methods of the disclosure.
- pharmaceutical formulations may include a buffer, stabiliser and/or other material well known to those skilled in the art. Such materials should be non-toxic and should not interfere with the efficacy of the active ingredient.
- the precise nature of the carrier or other material will depend on the route of administration, which may be any suitable route, for example by a parenteral route and particularly by infusion or injection (with or without a needle).
- the route of administration may be subcutaneous injection.
- the route of administration may be intravenous injection or infusion. Other routes of administration which may be used include administration by inhalation or intranasal administration.
- compositions are provided that include one or more of the actives that are disclosed herein in a carrier.
- the compositions can be prepared in unit dosage form for administration to a subject. The amount and timing of administration are at the discretion of the treating physician to achieve the desired purposes.
- the active may be formulated for systemic or local administration. In one example, the active formulated for parenteral administration, such as subcutaneous or intravenous administration.
- the active can be formulated as a solution, suspension, emulsion or lyophilized powder in association, or separately provided, with a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral vehicle.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral vehicle examples include water, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, and 1-10% human serum albumin. Liposomes and nonaqueous vehicles such as fixed oils can also be used.
- the vehicle or lyophilized powder can contain additives that maintain isotonicity (e.g., sodium chloride, mannitol) and chemical stability (e.g., buffers and preservatives).
- the formulation is sterilised, e.g. by known or suitable techniques.
- Formulations for parenteral administration can contain as common excipients sterile water or saline, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, hydrogenated naphthalenes and the like.
- Aqueous or oily suspensions for injection can be prepared by using an appropriate emulsifier or humidifier and a suspending agent, according to known methods.
- Vehicles for injection can be a non-toxic diluting agent such as aqueous solution or a sterile injectable liquid.
- the usable vehicle or solvent water, Ringer's solution, isotonic saline, etc. are allowed; as a solvent or suspending liquid, a sterile non-volatile oil can be used.
- any kind of non-volatile oil may be used, including natural or synthetic or semisynthetic fatty oils or fatty acids; natural or synthetic or semisynthetic mono- or di- or tri-glycerides.
- compositions for administration can include a solution of the active dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an aqueous carrier.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as an aqueous carrier.
- aqueous carriers can be used, e.g., buffered saline. These solutions are sterile and generally free of undesirable matter.
- These compositions may be sterilised by conventional, well known sterilisation techniques.
- the compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, toxicity adjusting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride and/or sodium lactate.
- concentration of active in these formulations can vary widely, and may be selected based on fluid volumes, viscosities and/or body weight in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected and the subject's needs.
- a typical pharmaceutical composition for intravenous or subcutaneous administration includes about 0.1 to 10 mg of active per subject per day.
- Actual methods for preparing administrable compositions, whether for intravenous or subcutaneous administration or otherwise, will be known or apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in more detail in such publications as Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 19th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. (1995).
- the active may be provided in lyophilised form and rehydrated, e.g. with sterile water or saline, before administration, although actives may be provided in sterile solutions of known concentration.
- the active solution may then be added to an infusion bag containing 0.9% sodium chloride, USP, and typically administered at a dosage of from 0.5 to 15 mg/kg of body weight.
- Amount effective for therapeutic use which may be a prophylactic use, will depend upon the severity of the disease and the general state of the patient's health.
- a therapeutically effective amount of the active is that which provides either subjective relief of a symptom(s) or an objectively identifiable improvement as noted by the clinician or other qualified observer.
- An active of the disclosure may be administered in conjunction with another active agent, whether simultaneously, separately or sequentially.
- the other active agent may be a second active agent of the invention or an active agent falling outside the invention.
- compositions of the disclosure are administered depending on the dosage and frequency as required and tolerated by the patient.
- the composition should provide a sufficient quantity of at least one of the actives disclosed herein to effectively treat the patient, bearing in mind though that it may not be possible to achieve effective treatment in every instance.
- the dosage can be administered once but may be applied periodically until either a therapeutic result is achieved or until side effects warrant discontinuation of treatment.
- the dose may be sufficient to treat or ameliorate symptoms or signs of disease without producing unacceptable toxicity to the patient.
- Controlled release parenteral formulations can be made as implants, oily injections, or as particulate systems.
- Particulate systems include microspheres, microparticles, microcapsules, nanocapsules, nanospheres, and nanoparticles.
- Microcapsules contain the therapeutic protein as a core. In microspheres the therapeutic is dispersed throughout the particle. Particles, microspheres, and microcapsules smaller than about 1 ⁇ m are generally referred to as nanoparticles, nanospheres, and nanocapsules, respectively.
- Capillaries have a diameter of approximately 5 ⁇ m so that only nanoparticles are administered intravenously. Microparticles are typically around 100 ⁇ m in diameter and are administered subcutaneously or intramuscularly. See, e.g., Kreuter, J., Colloidal Drug Delivery Systems, J. Kreuter, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., pp. 219-342 (1994); and Tice & Tabibi, Treatise on Controlled Drug Delivery, A. Kydonieus, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York, N.Y., pp. 315-339, (1992) both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Polymers can be used for ion-controlled release of the active agents disclosed herein.
- Various degradable and nondegradable polymeric matrices for use in controlled drug delivery are known in the art (Langer, Accounts Chem. Res. 26:537-542, 1993).
- the block copolymer, polaxamer 407 exists as a viscous yet mobile liquid at low temperatures but forms a semisolid gel at body temperature. It has been shown to be an effective vehicle for formulation and sustained delivery of recombinant interleukin-2 and urease (Johnston et al., Pharm. Res. 9:425-434, 1992; and Pec et al., J. Parent. Sci. Tech. 44(2):58-65, 1990).
- hydroxyapatite has been used as a microcarrier for controlled release of proteins (Ijntema et al., Int. J. Pharm. 112:215-224, 1994).
- liposomes are used for controlled release as well as drug targeting of the lipid-capsulated drug (Betageri et al., Liposome Drug Delivery Systems, Technomic Publishing Co., Inc., Lancaster, Pa. (1993)). Numerous additional systems for controlled delivery of therapeutic proteins are known (see U.S. Pat. No.
- the actives may be administered orally.
- An active may be administered orally in a liquid dosage form or a solid dosage form.
- solid dosage forms are tablets, capsules, granules, powders, beads and microcapsules.
- An active agent of the disclosure, with or without at least one additional therapeutic agents, that is administered in a solid dosage may be formulated with or without those carriers customarily used in the compounding of solid dosage forms such as tablets and capsules.
- a solid oral dosage form may be designed to release the active portion of the formulation at the point in the gastrointestinal tract where bioavailability is maximized and pre-systemic degradation is minimized.
- At least one additional agent may be included to facilitate absorption of an active of the disclosure and/or any additional therapeutic agents.
- the active compound is typically mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as lactose, sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or one or more: a) fillers or extenders for example starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol and silicic acid; b) binders for example carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose and acacia; c) humectants for example glycerol; d) disintegrating agents for example agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates and sodium carbonate; e) solution retarding agents for example paraffin; f) absorption accelerators for example quaternary ammonium compounds; g) wetting agents for example cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; h) absorbents for example kaolin and bentonite clay and
- the compounds of the invention or pharmaceutical composition comprising the active compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (ie., at the site of desired action).
- Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g, by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, infraarterlal, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, sub
- Cytosine (1.11 g, 10 mmol) was dissolved in formic acid and was kept at 20° C. in a water bath. Fluorine (10% in N 2 ) was introduced to the vigorously stirred solution at 25 mL/min (7.5 mmol/h). After introducing the desired quantity of fluorine, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was recrystallized from water (10 mL). The formed crystalline product was filtered and analysed using 1 H and 19 F NMR spectroscopy.
- a 1 M stock solution of cytosine in formic acid was prepared and used for fluorinations.
- the solution was introduced to the microreactor at 2 mL/h (2 mmol/h) while the flow of fluorine was set according to Table 3. Fractions were collected for 120 minutes, the solvent was evaporated and the product was recrystallized from water (5 mL). The product was filtered, dried in vacuo and analysed using 1 H and 19 F NMR spectroscopy.
- the inventors pursued a 3 step strategy involving the synthesis of cytosine from commodity chemicals and subsequent direct fluorination, and assessed this shortened synthetic route for suitability for scale-up and green metrics.
- the first step involves bromoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal reacting with sodium cyanide in DMSO, to afford the desired product in 80% yield after distillation, which was reported in the literature (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1975, 97, 7152-7157 (80% yield, NaCN, DMSO); J. Org. Chem. 1945, 10, 76-85 (low yield); Just. Leib. Ann. Chem. 1978, 1946-1962).
- This reaction uses very concentrated conditions for the reaction, which is promising for scale-up.
- the second step describes how cytosine is obtained by condensation of urea and cyanoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal in good yield using toluene or xylenes as solvent. This step has also been previous reported (U.S. Pat. No. 5,026,852).
- Step 3 was key to the inventors' investigations.
- a number of methods for the fluorination of cytosine are disclosed in the literature, but most are obsolete due to their use of reagents that are no longer available (CF 3 OF) (J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Comm. 1972, 18).
- Direct fluorination of cytosine has been mentioned elsewhere in the literature, but the only procedure for direct fluorination where the product was isolated uses anhydrous hydrogen fluoride as solvent at ⁇ 50° C. which makes this process very hazardous and difficult to handle (Eur. Pat. Appl. 63352, 1982).
- [ 18 F]F 2 was used by Visser et al.
- Step 1 Synthesis of Cyanoacetaldehyde Diethyl acetal using Cyanide Sources
- FIG. 1 shows a 1 H NMR of crude non-recrystallised cytosine.
- cytosine was soluble in formic acid, a preferred medium for direct fluorination due to enhanced reaction control, and the most concentrated solution prepared so far was 160 g/L (1.45 M) and promising for future process intensification.
- FIG. 2 shows a crude 19 F NMR of product mixture recovered after batch fluorination.
- the difluorinated side product IV has been suggested in the literature before, but no 19 F NMR data is available.
- the two fluorine atoms are not equivalent, hence the large F-F coupling and the difference between the H-F couplings.
- Table 2 demonstrates the conversion of cytosine at increasing amounts of fluorine. As the excess of fluorine increases so does the amount of the difluorinated side product.
- Recrystallization efficiently removes all difluorinated organic impurities, but the separation of unreacted starting material from the desired flucytosine product is very difficult. Therefore, the reaction has to be run to 100% conversion.
- the desired monofluorinated product can be isolated as the only fluorinated product ( FIGS. 3 and 4 ). After all starting material was consumed, Flucytosine was isolated in 38% yield after a crystallisation from water. Based on 19 F NMR spectroscopic experiments, the recovery of 5-fluorocytosine from the aqueous recrystallization is excellent, as the liquor only contains trace amounts of the desired product.
- FIG. 3 shows an 1 H NMR of flucytosine synthesised by batch fluorination.
- FIG. 4 shows an 19 F NMR of flucytosine synthesised by batch fluorination.
- the single channel microreactor was developed in our laboratory for selective fluorination using elemental fluorine ( FIG. 5 ).
- the reactor is built from a nickel or stainless steel plate having a 0.5 mm deep and 0.5 mm wide channel which is covered with a transparent fluoropolymer (poly(chlorotrifluoroethylene)) and a stainless steel plate.
- the reactor is also equipped with heat exchanger channels to enable efficient cooling if needed.
- the solution of the substrate in an appropriate solvent is introduced via a syringe pump, while fluorine gas is introduced via a mass-flow controller.
- the mixture from the reactor is collected in a round bottomed flask connected to a soda lime scrubber that is used to neutralise excess fluorine.
- FIG. 5 shows a schematic representation of the single channel microreactor used in continuous flow fluorination of cytosine.
- cytosine was fluorinated with 10% fluorine gas in nitrogen. Screening of fluorine to cytosine flows shows that 1.5 equivalents of fluorine gas result in full conversion of cytosine and pure Flucytosine is obtained in much better yield than analogous reactions in batch.
- the reactions were run for approximately two hours (2 mmol/h cytosine flow), the solvent evaporated and the crude product recrystallized from 4 mL of water and the final product composition was determined by 1 H and 19 F NMR spectroscopy.
- FIG. 6 is an 1 H NMR spectrum of crude product mixture from fluorination of cytosine using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus showing presence of difluorinated side product.
- FIG. 7 is an 19 F NMR spectrum of crude product mixture from fluorination of cytosine using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus showing presence of difluorinated side product.
- FIG. 8 is an 1 H NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus.
- FIG. 9 is an 19 F NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus.
- FIG. 10 is a 13 C NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus.
- FIG. 11 is an infra-red spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus.
- FIG. 12 is an SDBS IR library spectrum of fluorcytosine for comparison.
- the process metrics look promising, considering that only initial small scale reactions have been carried out and we can reasonably expect better yields and product recovery on scale up.
- the PMI for these two steps is ca. 40 as compared to 87 for the three step synthesis from 5FU.
- the biggest waste source is water (48% of PMI), as the first step involved a precipitation from aqueous solution and after fluorination the product is purified by recrystallisation from water (approx. 10 mL/g).
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- AIDS & HIV (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to a method of manufacturing a fluorocytosine-based compound of Formula I.
The invention also relates to a compound obtained by such a method, a pharmaceutical drug substance and a method for its manufacture, a pharmaceutical composition, and also various uses in therapy of the compounds, pharmaceutical drug substances, and pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
Description
- The present invention relates to a method of manufacturing a compound, especially a fluorocytosine-based compound. The invention also relates to a compound obtained by such a method, a pharmaceutical drug substance and a method for its manufacture, a pharmaceutical composition, and also various uses in therapy of the compounds, pharmaceutical drug substances, and pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- Flucytosine was approved by the FDA in 1971 (Ancoban®, Valeant) for the treatment of fungal infections. 5-Fluorocytosine (Flucytosine) is an important antimycotic drug in its own right but is also an intermediate in the synthesis of Capecitabine (anti-cancer) and Emtricitabine (anti-HIV).
- Of the few reported flucytosine syntheses, only routes utilising 5-fluorouracil (5-FU) as starting material appear to have been used in manufacturing. This process relies on the availability of 5-FU, which is prepared on the manufacturing scale via direct fluorination of uracil. There are numerous syntheses of uracil in the literature, but only one of these has the potential for scale-up and involves reaction of malic acid and urea in fuming sulfuric acid.
- A Hoffmann-la-Roche patent (U.S. Pat. No. 2,945,038) describes synthetic processes involving 5-FU being treated with POCl3 and dimethylaniline to yield 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoropyrimidine in good yield after distillation. This intermediate is reacted with aqueous ammonia solution and hydrolysed in concentrated hydrochloric acid, to yield 5-fluorocytosine from 5-fluorouracil in an overall 64% yield (3 steps from 5-FU) (see reaction scheme above).
- Overall, this scheme represents a 5 step process to Flucytosine.
- Based on data from the Roche patent (U.S. Pat. No. 2,945,038) the PMI metrics of the industrial method can be assessed for the 3 steps from 5-FU. Our analysis shows that the process is relatively good in terms of solvent use, but the amount of reagents used is very high. The overall PMI from 5-fluorouracil to 5-fluorocytosine is 87, (i.e. 1 kg of product uses 87 kg of material and also uses a significant amount of energy).
- In another procedure from Bayer (EP0181589), 2,5-difluoro-4,6-dichloropyrimidine is used in a similar multistep process (dechlorination-amination-hydrolysis) to afford the desired product' although the synthesis of 2,5-difluoro-4,6-dichloropyrimidine is a complex, multistep process and so we need not consider this route further.
- To address the problems inherent with the prior art, the inventors investigated producing flucytosine via direct fluorination of cytosine. However, the inventors noted that they were always faced with a dilemma between achieving high yields (but low purity) or low yields (but high purity).
- Cytosine reacts with fluorine gas to produce flucytosine and a difluoro impurity. The inventors generally found that the difluoro impurity could be removed by recrystalisation. However, if cytosine starting material remained in the crude reaction mixture, this was always extremely difficult to remove. Therefore, it is desirable to ensure that the reaction proceeds to 100% completion, for instance by using excess fluorine. However, in driving the reaction to completion, increased quantities of the difluoro impurity were formed, which in turn compromises the yield of fluocytosine. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is thought that compounds comprising a cytosine-like core will suffer from the same shortcomings.
- It is therefore an object of the invention to provide an improved fluorination process in respect of cytosine or cytosine-based compounds, especially with respect to overall yields and purities. However, it is also suitably an object of the invention to provide a more environmentally friendly process. Moreover, it is also suitably an object of the invention to provide a process with one or more improvements seleted from: improved overall PMI, reduced costs, reduced labour, reduced waste.
- According to a first aspect of the present invention there is provided a method of manufacturing a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof):
- the method comprising reacting a compound of Formula II (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof):
- with an electrophilic fluorinating agent;
wherein: - X is NRx, O, or S; wherein Rx is hydrogen or is independently selected from any RN group;
- Y is O, S, or NRy; wherein Ry is hydrogen or is independently selected from any RN group;
- R1 is hydrogen or is independently selected from any Rs group, though most suitably R1 is an electron donating group (EDG), most suitably an EDG selected from NR1aR1b or OR1a, wherein R1a and R1b are each independently selected from hydrogen or any RN group;
- R2 hydrogen or is independently selected from any Rs group;
- each RN group is independently selected from (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, aryl, aryl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkenyl, (3-8C)cycloalkenyl-(1-6C)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(1-6C)alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl, formyl, carboxy, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, N-(1-6C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl; wherein each RN group is optionally independently substituted with one or more Rs groups;
- each Rs group is independently selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, isocyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, formyl, carboxy, carbamoyl, ureido, (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyloxy, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, (3-6C)alkenoylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(3-6C)alkenoylamino, (3-6C)alkynoylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(3-6C)alkynoylamino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino, N′-(1-6C)alkylureido, N′,N″-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]ureido, N-(1-6C)alkylureido, N,N″-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]ureido, N,N″,N″-tri-[(1-6C)alkyl]ureido,N-(1-6C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, or from a group of the formula:
-
L1—Q1 - wherein L1 is a direct bond or is selected from (CRL1RL2)n, O, S, SO, SO2, N(RL1), CO, CRL1(ORL2), CON(Ru), N(RL1)CO, N(RL1)C(O)O, N(RL1)CON(RL2), SO2N(RL1), N(RL1)SO2, OC(RL1)2, SC(RL1)2 and N(RL1)C(RL2)2, wherein n is an integer between 1 and 3, and wherein RL1 and RL2 are each independently hydrogen or (1-8C)alkyl; and Q1 is (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, aryl, aryl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkenyl, (3-8C)cycloalkenyl-(1-6C)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(1-6C)alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl;
- and wherein any Rs group is independently optionally further substituted by one or more Rs groups (i.e. first order Rs substitutent groups in relation to any given “parent” Rs group), wherein any first order Rs substitutent group is optionally independently further substituted by one or more Rs groups (i.e. second order Rs substituent groups in relation to any given “parent” Rs group), though suitably optional further substiuents do not extend beyond second order optional substituents (i.e. second order Rs substituents are the highest order, suitably first order Rs substituents are the highest order);
- wherein the reaction between the compound of Formula II and the electrophilic fluorinating agent is performed in a continuous flow reactor.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) obtainable by, obtained by, or directly obtained by the method of manufacturing a compound of Formula I as defined herein.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), comprising less than or equal to 1 wt % of a compound of Formula II, (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof).
- According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a composition of a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), the composition comprising a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof); wherein the composition either: a) is free of a compound of Formula II (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or b) comprises a compound of Formula II (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) in a weight ratio to the compound of Formula I of less than or equal to 1:100.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a (pharmaceutical) composition comprising a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) or a composition of a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) as defined herein (suitably additionally comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier).
- According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a continuous flow apparatus comprising a continuous flow reactor as defined herein (and optionally any other features defined herein in relation to the continuous flow reactor) configured to, adapted to, or suitable to carry out the method(s) of the invention as defined herein.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), the method comprising:
- reacting a compound of Formula II (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof):
- with an electrophilic fluorinating agent to produce a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof):
- and optionally thereafter performing one or more further step or steps to produce the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof);
wherein X, Y, R1, R2, and any groups associated therewith are as defined herein;
wherein the reaction between the compound of Formula II and the electrophilic fluorinating agent is performed in a continuous flow reactor. - According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) obtainable by, obtained by, or directly obtained by the method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance as defined herein.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), comprising less than or equal to 1 wt % of a non-fluorinated analog (or impurity) of the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof).
- According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), the composition comprising a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof); wherein the composition either: a) is free of a non-fluorinated analog (or impurity) of the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or b) comprises a non-fluorinated analog (or impurity) of the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) in a weight ratio to the compound of Formula I of less than or equal to 1:100.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a (pharmaceutical) composition comprising a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) or a composition a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) as defined herein (suitably additionally comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier).
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein for use in therapy.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of treating a medical condition or medical disorder in a patient in need of such treatment, said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a use of a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of a medicament.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein for use in the treatment of an infection (especially a fungal infection), for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans, chromomycosis, and cystitis; or for use in the treatment of a proliferative disorder (e.g. cancer), for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or for use in the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of treating an infection (especially a fungal infection), for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans, chromomycosis, and cystitis; or a method of treating a proliferative disorder (e.g. cancer), for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or a method of treating human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection; in a patient in need of such treatment, said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a use of a compound of Formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of an infection (especially a fungal infection), for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans, chromomycosis, and cystitis; or for the treatment of a proliferative disorder (e.g. cancer), for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or for the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein for use in therapy.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of treating a medical condition or medical disorder in a patient in need of such treatment, said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a use of a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of a medicament.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein for use in the treatment of an infection (especially a fungal infection), for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans, chromomycosis, and cystitis; or for use in the treatment of a proliferative disorder (e.g. cancer), for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or for use in the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of treating an infection (especially a fungal infection), for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans, chromomycosis, and cystitis; or a method of treating a proliferative disorder (e.g. cancer), for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or a method of treating human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection; in a patient in need of such treatment, said method comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, there is provided a use of a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), or a composition thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of an infection (especially a fungal infection), for example, infections caused by susceptible strains of Candida or Cryptococcus neoformans, chromomycosis, and cystitisor; for the treatment of a proliferative disorder (e.g. cancer), for example, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, oesophageal cancer; or for the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and/or hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection.
- Any features, including optional, suitable, and preferred features, described in relation to any particular aspect of the invention may also be features, including optional, suitable and preferred features, of any other aspect of the present invention.
- For a better understanding of the invention, and to show how embodiments of the same are put into effect, reference is now made, by way of example, to the following diagrammatic drawings, in which:
-
FIG. 1 shows a 1H NMR of crude non-recrystallised cytosine. -
FIG. 2 shows a crude 19F NMR of product mixture recovered after batch fluorination. -
FIG. 3 shows an 1H NMR of flucytosine synthesised by batch fluorination. -
FIG. 4 shows an 19F NMR of flucytosine synthesised by batch fluorination. -
FIG. 5 shows a schematic representation of the single channel microreactor used in continuous flow fluorination of cytosine. -
FIG. 6 is an 1H NMR spectrum of crude product mixture from fluorination of cytosine using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus showing presence of difluorinated side product. -
FIG. 7 is an 19F NMR spectrum of crude product mixture from fluorination of cytosine using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus showing presence of difluorinated side product -
FIG. 8 is an 1H NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus. -
FIG. 9 is an 19F NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus. -
FIG. 10 is a 13C NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus. -
FIG. 11 is an infra-red spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus. -
FIG. 12 is an SDBS IR library spectrum of fluorcytosine for comparison. - Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in the specification and claims have the following meanings set out below.
- Herein, the term “compound of Formula [X]”, where [X] is a number, typically a roman numeral optionally followed by an alphanumeric character, may be abbreviated to “compound [X]”. A reference to either a “compound of Formula [X]” or “compound [X]” suitably includes a salt (e.g. pharmaceutically acceptable salt) or solvate (e.g. hydrate) thereof, and suitably also includes a synthetic equivalent thereof.
- Herein, unless stated otherwise, all chemical nomenclature may be defined in accordance with IUPAC definitions.
- Herein, the term “hydrocarbon” is well understood in the art, and refers to compounds containing carbon and hydrogen only. The term “hydrocarbyl” general refers any aliphatic, acyclic, or cyclic (including aryl) hydrocarbon group, suitably with no heteroatoms. Such compounds include, inter alia, alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, arenes, and cyclic versions thereof. The term “hydrocarbon” anthracene, naphthalene, benzene, and/or derivatives thereof (e.g. toluene).
- Herein, the term “carbocyclyl”, “carbocycle” or “carbocyclic” refers to a radical of a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group, generally having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (i.e. (3-10C)carbocyclyl) and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system. Suitably, carbocyclyl groups include (3-nC)cycloalkyl and (3-nC)cycloalkenyl. Exemplary embodiments include: cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptadienyl, cycloheptatrienyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, and the like.
- In this specification the term “alkyl” includes both straight and branched chain alkyl groups. References to individual alkyl groups such as “propyl” are specific for the straight chain version only and references to individual branched chain alkyl groups such as “isopropyl” are specific for the branched chain version only. For example, “(1-6C)alkyl” includes (1-5C)alkyl, (1-3C)alkyl, propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl. A similar convention applies to other radicals, for example “phenyl(1-6C)alkyl” includes phenyl(1-4C)alkyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl and 2-phenylethyl.
- The term “(m-nC)” or “(m-nC) group” used alone or as a prefix, refers to any group having m to n carbon atoms.
- An “alkylene,” “alkenylene,” or “alkynylene” group is an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group that is positioned between and serves to connect two other chemical groups. Thus, “(1-6C)alkylene” means a linear saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to six carbon atoms or a branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, for example, methylene, ethylene, propylene, 2-methylpropylene, pentylene, and the like.
- “(2-6C)alkenylene” means a linear divalent hydrocarbon radical of two to six carbon atoms or a branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, containing at least one double bond, for example, as in ethenylene, 2,4-pentadienylene, and the like.
- “(2-6C)alkynylene” means a linear divalent hydrocarbon radical of two to six carbon atoms or a branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of three to six carbon atoms, containing at least one triple bond, for example, as in ethynylene, propynylene, and butynylene and the like.
- “(3-8C)cycloalkyl” means a hydrocarbon ring containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl.
- “(3-8C)cycloalkenyl” means a hydrocarbon ring containing at least one double bond, for example, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl, such as 3-cyclohexen-1-yl, or cyclooctenyl.
- “(3-8C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkylene” means a (3-8C)cycloalkyl group covalently attached to a (1-6C)alkylene group, both of which are defined herein.
- The term “halo” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
- The term “heterocyclyl”, “heterocyclic” or “heterocycle” means a non-aromatic saturated or partially saturated monocyclic, fused, bridged, or spiro bicyclic heterocyclic ring system(s). The term heterocyclyl includes both monovalent species and divalent species. Monocyclic heterocyclic rings contain from about 3 to 12 (suitably from 3 to 7) ring atoms, with from 1 to 5 (suitably 1, 2 or 3) heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur in the ring. Bicyclic heterocycles contain from 7 to 17 member atoms, suitably 7 to 12 member atoms, in the ring. Bicyclic heterocycles contain from about 7 to about 17 ring atoms, suitably from 7 to 12 ring atoms. Bicyclic heterocyclic(s) rings may be fused, spiro, or bridged ring systems. Examples of heterocyclic groups include cyclic ethers such as oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxanyl, and substituted cyclic ethers. Heterocycles containing nitrogen include, for example, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrotriazinyl, tetrahydropyrazolyl, and the like. Typical sulfur containing heterocycles include tetrahydrothienyl, dihydro-1,3-dithiol, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran, and hexahydrothiepine. Other heterocycles include dihydro-oxathiolyl, tetrahydro-oxazolyl, tetrahydro-oxadiazolyl, tetrahydrodioxazolyl, tetrahydro-oxathiazolyl, hexahydrotriazinyl, tetrahydro-oxazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dioxolinyl, octahydrobenzofuranyl, octahydrobenzimidazolyl, and octahydrobenzothiazolyl. For heterocycles containing sulfur, the oxidized sulfur heterocycles containing SO or SO2 groups are also included. Examples include the sulfoxide and sulfone forms of tetrahydrothienyl and thiomorpholinyl such as
tetrahydrothiene 1,1-dioxide andthiomorpholinyl 1,1-dioxide. A suitable value for a heterocyclyl group which bears 1 or 2 oxo (═O) or thioxo (═S) substituents is, for example, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-thioxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxoim idazolidinyl, 2-thioxoimidazolidinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 2,5-dioxoimidazolidinyl or 2,6-dioxopiperidinyl. Particular heterocyclyl groups are saturated monocyclic 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyls containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, for example azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrothienyl,tetrahydrothienyl 1,1-dioxide, thiomorpholinyl,thiomorpholinyl 1,1-dioxide, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl or homopiperazinyl. As the skilled person would appreciate, any heterocycle may be linked to another group via any suitable atom, such as via a carbon or nitrogen atom. However, reference herein to piperidino or morpholino refers to a piperidin-1-yl or morpholin-4-yl ring that is linked via the ring nitrogen. - By “bridged ring systems” is meant ring systems in which two rings share more than two atoms, see for example Advanced Organic Chemistry, by Jerry March, 4th Edition, Wiley Interscience, pages 131-133, 1992. Examples of bridged heterocyclyl ring systems include, aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane and quinuclidine.
- “Heterocyclyl(1-6C)alkyl” means a heterocyclyl group covalently attached to a (1-6C)alkylene group, both of which are defined herein.
- The term “heteroaryl” or “heteroaromatic” means an aromatic mono-, bi-, or polycyclic ring incorporating one or more (for example 1-4, particularly 1, 2 or 3) heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. The term heteroaryl includes both monovalent species and divalent species. Examples of heteroaryl groups are monocyclic and bicyclic groups containing from five to twelve ring members, and more usually from five to ten ring members. The heteroaryl group can be, for example, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic ring, for example a bicyclic structure formed from fused five and six membered rings or two fused six membered rings. Each ring may contain up to about four heteroatoms typically selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. Typically the heteroaryl ring will contain up to 3 heteroatoms, more usually up to 2, for example a single heteroatom. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl ring contains at least one ring nitrogen atom. The nitrogen atoms in the heteroaryl rings can be basic, as in the case of an imidazole or pyridine, or essentially non-basic as in the case of an indole or pyrrole nitrogen. In general the number of basic nitrogen atoms present in the heteroaryl group, including any amino group substituents of the ring, will be less than five.
- Examples of heteroaryl include furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazenyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, benzofurazanyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, naphthyridinyl, carbazolyl, phenazinyl, benzisoquinolinyl, pyridopyrazinyl, thieno[2,3-b]furanyl, 2H-furo[3,2-b]-pyranyl, 5H-pyrido[2,3-d]-o-oxazinyl, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]-oxazolyl, 4H-imidazo[4,5-d]thiazolyl, pyrazino[2,3-d]pyridazinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, imidazo[1,2-b][1,2,4]triazinyl. “Heteroaryl” also covers partially aromatic bi- or polycyclic ring systems wherein at least one ring is an aromatic ring and one or more of the other ring(s) is a non-aromatic, saturated or partially saturated ring, provided at least one ring contains one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Examples of partially aromatic heteroaryl groups include for example, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, 2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydrobenzthienyl, dihydrobenzfuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, 2,2-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2-benzothienyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, indolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl and 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido[3,2-b][1,4]oxazinyl
- Examples of five membered heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, furazanyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxatriazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl and tetrazolyl groups.
- Examples of six membered heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl and triazinyl.
- A bicyclic heteroaryl group may be, for example, a group selected from:
- a) a benzene ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms;
- b) a pyridine ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms;
- c) a pyrimidine ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;
- d) a pyrrole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms;
- e) a pyrazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms; a pyrazine ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;
- g) an imidazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;
- h) an oxazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;
- i) an isoxazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;
- j) a thiazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;
- k) an isothiazole ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1 or 2 ring heteroatoms;
- l) a thiophene ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms;
- m) a furan ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms;
- n) a cyclohexyl ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms; and
- o) a cyclopentyl ring fused to a 5- or 6-membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms.
- Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a six membered ring fused to a five membered ring include but are not limited to benzfuranyl, benzthiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, purinyl (e.g., adeninyl, guaninyl), indazolyl, benzodioxolyl and pyrazolopyridinyl groups.
- Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing two fused six membered rings include but are not limited to quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, chromanyl, thiochromanyl, chromenyl, isochromenyl, chromanyl, isochromanyl, benzodioxanyl, quinolizinyl, benzoxazinyl, benzodiazinyl, pyridopyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl groups.
- “Heteroaryl(1-6C)alkyl” means a heteroaryl group covalently attached to a (1-6C)alkylene group, both of which are defined herein. Examples of heteroaralkyl groups include pyridin-3-ylmethyl, 3-(benzofuran-2-yl)propyl, and the like.
- The term “aryl” means a cyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring having from 5 to 12 carbon atoms. The term aryl includes both monovalent species and divalent species. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl and the like. In particular embodiment, an aryl is phenyl.
- The term “aryl(1-6C)alkyl” means an aryl group covalently attached to a (1-6C)alkylene group, both of which are defined herein. Examples of aryl-(1-6C)alkyl groups include benzyl, phenylethyl, and the like
- This specification also makes use of several composite terms to describe groups comprising more than one functionality. Such terms will be understood by a person skilled in the art. For example heterocyclyl(m-nC)alkyl comprises (m-nC)alkyl substituted by heterocyclyl.
- Wherever groups with large carbon chains are disclosed (e.g. (1-12C)alkyl, (1-8C)alkenyl, etc.), such groups may optionally be shortened, for instance containing a between 1 and 5 carbons (e.g. (1-5C)alkyl or (1-5C)alkenyl), or contain between 1 and 3 carbons (e.g. (1-3C)alkyl or (1-3C)alkenyl instead of (1-12C)alkyl or (1-8C)alkenyl).
- The term “optionally substituted” refers to either groups, structures, or molecules that are substituted and those that are not substituted.
- Where optional substituents are chosen from “one or more” groups it is to be understood that this definition includes all substituents being chosen from one of the specified groups or the substituents being chosen from two or more of the specified groups.
- The phrase “compound of the invention” means those compounds which are disclosed herein, both generically and specifically.
- A suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the invention is, for example, an acid-addition salt of a compound of the invention which is sufficiently basic, for example, an acid-addition salt with, for example, an inorganic or organic acid, for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, phosphoric, trifluoroacetic, formic, citric or maleic acid. In addition a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the invention which is sufficiently acidic is an alkali metal salt, for example a sodium or potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, for example a calcium or magnesium salt, an ammonium salt or a salt with an organic base which affords a physiologically-acceptable cation, for example a salt with methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, piperidine, morpholine or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine.
- Compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “isomers”. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers”. Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed “enantiomers”. When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible. An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (−)-isomers respectively). A chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a “racemic mixture”.
- The compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)-stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art (see discussion in Chapter 4 of “Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2001), for example by synthesis from optically active starting materials or by resolution of a racemic form. Some of the compounds of the invention may have geometric isomeric centres (E- and Z-isomers). It is to be understood that the present invention encompasses all optical, diastereoisomers and geometric isomers and mixtures thereof that possess telomerase inhibitory activity.
- The present invention also encompasses compounds of the invention as defined herein which comprise one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H(D), and 3H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; and O may be in any isotopic form, including 160 and180; and the like.
- It is also to be understood that certain compounds of the formula I may exhibit polymorphism, and that the invention encompasses all such forms.
- Compounds may exist in a number of different tautomeric forms and references to compounds include all such forms. For the avoidance of doubt, where a compound can exist in one of several tautomeric forms, and only one is specifically described or shown, all others are nevertheless embraced by the definition of the compound. Examples of tautomeric forms include keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, and nitro/aci-nitro.
- Compounds of the formula I containing an amine function may also form N-oxides. A reference herein to a compound of the formula I that contains an amine function also includes the N-oxide. Where a compound contains several amine functions, one or more than one nitrogen atom may be oxidised to form an N-oxide.
- Particular examples of N-oxides are the N-oxides of a tertiary amine or a nitrogen atom of a nitrogen-containing heterocycle. N-Oxides can be formed by treatment of the corresponding amine with an oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or a per-acid (e.g. a peroxycarboxylic acid), see for example Advanced Organic Chemistry, by Jerry March, 4th Edition, Wiley Interscience, pages. More particularly, N-oxides can be made by the procedure of L. W. Deady (Syn. Comm. 1977, 7, 509-514) in which the amine compound is reacted with m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (MCPBA), for example, in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane.
- The compounds of formula I may be administered in the form of a pro-drug which is broken down in the human or animal body to release a compound of the invention. A pro-drug may be used to alter the physical properties and/or the pharmacokinetic properties of a compound of the invention. A pro-drug can be formed when the compound of the invention contains a suitable group or substituent to which a property-modifying group can be attached. Examples of pro-drugs include in vivo cleavable ester derivatives that may be formed at a carboxy group or a hydroxy group in a compound of the formula I and in-vivo cleavable amide derivatives that may be formed at a carboxy group or an amino group in a compound of the formula I.
- Accordingly, the present invention includes those compounds of the formula I as defined hereinbefore when made available by organic synthesis and when made available within the human or animal body by way of cleavage of a pro-drug thereof. Accordingly, the present invention includes those compounds of the formula I that are produced by organic synthetic means and also such compounds that are produced in the human or animal body by way of metabolism of a precursor compound, that is a compound of the formula I may be a synthetically-produced compound or a metabolically-produced compound.
- A suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I is one that is based on reasonable medical judgement as being suitable for administration to the human or animal body without undesirable pharmacological activities and without undue toxicity.
- Various forms of pro-drug have been described, for example in the following documents:
- a) Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 42, p. 309-396, edited by K. Widder, et al. (Academic Press, 1985);
- b) Design of Pro-drugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985);
- c) A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, edited by Krogsgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Chapter 5 “Design and Application of Pro-drugs”, by H. Bundgaard p. 113-191 (1991);
- d) H. Bundgaard, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 8, 1-38 (1992);
- e) H. Bundgaard, et al., Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 77, 285 (1988);
- f) N. Kakeya, et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 32, 692 (1984);
- g) T. Higuchi and V. Stella, “Pro-Drugs as Novel Delivery Systems”, A.C.S. Symposium Series, Volume 14; and
- h) E. Roche (editor), “Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design”, Pergamon Press, 1987.
- A suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I that possesses a carboxy group is, for example, an in vivo cleavable ester thereof. An in vivo cleavable ester of a compound of the formula I containing a carboxy group is, for example, a pharmaceutically acceptable ester which is cleaved in the human or animal body to produce the parent acid. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable esters for carboxy include C1-6alkyl esters such as methyl, ethyl and tent-butyl, C1-6alkoxymethyl esters such as methoxymethyl esters, C1-6alkanoyloxymethyl esters such as pivaloyloxymethyl esters, 3-phthalidyl esters, C3-8cycloalkylcarbonyloxy- C1-6alkyl esters such as cyclopentylcarbonyloxymethyl and 1-cyclohexylcarbonyloxyethyl esters, 2-oxo-1,3-dioxolenylmethyl esters such as 5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-ylmethyl esters and C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy- C1-6alkyl esters such as methoxycarbonyloxymethyl and 1-methoxycarbonyloxyethyl esters.
- A suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I that possesses a hydroxy group is, for example, an in vivo cleavable ester or ether thereof. An in vivo cleavable ester or ether of a compound of the formula I containing a hydroxy group is, for example, a pharmaceutically acceptable ester or ether which is cleaved in the human or animal body to produce the parent hydroxy compound.
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable ester forming groups for a hydroxy group include inorganic esters such as phosphate esters (including phosphoramidic cyclic esters). Further suitable pharmaceutically acceptable ester forming groups for a hydroxy group include C1-10alkanoyl groups such as acetyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl and substituted benzoyl and phenylacetyl groups, C1-10alkoxycarbonyl groups such as ethoxycarbonyl, N,N-(C1-6)2carbamoyl, 2-dialkylaminoacetyl and 2-carboxyacetyl groups. Examples of ring substituents on the phenylacetyl and benzoyl groups include aminomethyl, N-alkylaminomethyl, N,N-dialkylaminomethyl, morpholinomethyl, piperazin-1-ylmethyl and 4-(C1-4alkyl)piperazin-1-ylmethyl. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable ether forming groups for a hydroxy group include a-acyloxyalkyl groups such as acetoxymethyl and pivaloyloxymethyl groups.
- A suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I that possesses a carboxy group is, for example, an in vivo cleavable amide thereof, for example an amide formed with an amine such as ammonia, a C1-4alkylamine such as methylamine, a (C1-4alkyl)2amine such as dimethylamine, N-ethyl-N-methylamine or diethylamine, a C1-4alkoxy-C2-4alkylamine such as 2-methoxyethylamine, a phenyl-C1-4 alkylamine such as benzylamine and amino acids such as glycine or an ester thereof.
- A suitable pharmaceutically acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I that possesses an amino group is, for example, an in vivo cleavable amide derivative thereof. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable amides from an amino group include, for example an amide formed with C1-10alkanoyl groups such as an acetyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl and substituted benzoyl and phenylacetyl groups. Examples of ring substituents on the phenylacetyl and benzoyl groups include aminomethyl, N-alkylaminomethyl, N,N-dialkylaminomethyl, morpholinomethyl, piperazin-1-ylmethyl and 4-(C1-4alkyl)piperazin-1-ylmethyl.
- The in vivo effects of a compound of the formula/may be exerted in part by one or more metabolites that are formed within the human or animal body after administration of a compound of the formula I. As stated hereinbefore, the in vivo effects of a compound of the formula I may also be exerted by way of metabolism of a precursor compound (a pro-drug).
- It shall also be appreciated that compounds of formula I may also be covalently linked (at any suitable position) to other groups such as, for example, solubilising moieties (for example, PEG polymers), moieties that enable them to be bound to a solid support (such as, for example, biotin-containing moieties), and targeting ligands (such as antibodies or antibody fragments).
- Where the quantity or concentration of a particular component of a given composition is specified as a weight percentage (wt % or % w/w), said weight percentage refers to the percentage of said component by weight relative to the total weight of the composition as a whole. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the sum of weight percentages of all components of a composition will total 100 wt %. However, where not all components are listed (e.g. where compositions are said to “comprise” one or more particular components), the weight percentage balance may optionally be made up to 100 wt % by unspecified ingredients (e.g. a diluent, such as water, or other non-essentially but suitable additives).
- Suitably, unless stated otherwise, where reference is made to a parameter (e.g. pH, pKa, etc.) or state of a material (e.g. liquid, gas, etc.) which may depend on pressure and/or temperature, suitably in the absence of further clarification such a reference refers to said parameter at standard ambient temperature and pressure (SATP). SATP is a temperature of 298.15 K (25° C., 77° F.) and an absolute pressure of 100 kPa (14.504 psi, 0.987 atm).
- Unless stated otherwise, references herein to a “pKa” should be construed as a pKa value in water at standard ambient temperature and pressure (SATP), suitably of the conjugate acid of the relevant species.
- Where a composition is said to comprise a plurality of stipulated ingredients (optionally in stipulated amounts of concentrations), said composition may optionally include additional ingredients other than those stipulated. However, in certain embodiments, a composition said to comprise a plurality of stipulated ingredients may in fact consist essentially of or consist of all the stipulated ingredients.
- Where the quantity or concentration of a particular component of a given composition is specified as a weight percentage (wt % or % w/w), said weight percentage refers to the percentage of said component by weight relative to the total weight of the composition as a whole. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the sum of weight percentages of all components of a composition will total 100 wt %. However, where not all components are listed (e.g. where compositions are said to “comprise” one or more particular components), the weight percentage balance may optionally be made up to 100 wt % by unspecified ingredients (e.g. a diluent, such as water, or other non-essentially but suitable additives).
- Herein, unless stated otherwise, the term “parts” (e.g. parts by weight, pbw; parts by moles) when used in relation to multiple ingredients/components, refers to relative ratios between said multiple ingredients/components. Expressing molar or weight ratios of two, three or more components gives rise to the same effect (e.g. a molar ratio of x, y, and z is x1:y1:z1 respectively, or a range x1-x2:y1-y2:z1-z2). Though in many embodiments the amounts of individual components within a composition may be given as a “wt %” value, in alternative embodiments any or all such wt % values may be converted to parts by weight (or relative ratios) to define a multi-component composition. This is so because the relative ratios between components is often more important than the absolute concentrations thereof in the liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. Where a composition comprising multiple ingredients is described in terms of parts by weight alone (i.e. to indicate only relative ratios of ingredients), it is not necessary to stipulate the absolute amounts or concentrations of said ingredients (whether in toto or individually) because the advantages of the invention can stem from the relative ratios of the respective ingredients rather than their absolute quantities or concentrations. However, in certain embodiments, such compositions consists essentially of or consist of the stipulated ingredients and a diluents (e.g. water).
- The term “substantially free”, when used in relation to a given component of a composition, refers to a composition to which essentially none of said component has been added. When a composition is “substantially free” of a given component, said composition suitably comprises no more than 0.001 wt % of said component, suitably no more than 0.0001 wt % of said component, suitably no more than 0.00001 wt %, suitably no more than 0.000001 wt %, suitably no more than 0.0000001 wt % thereof, most suitably no more than 0.0001 parts per billion (by weight).
- The term “entirely free”, when used in relation to a given component of a composition, refers to a composition containing none of said component.
- Herein, where a composition is said to “consists essentially of” a particular component, said composition suitably comprises at least 70 wt % of said component, suitably at least 90 wt % thereof, suitably at least 95 wt % thereof, most suitably at least 99 wt % thereof. Suitably, a composition said to “consist essentially of” a particular component consists of said component save for one or more trace impurities.
- The term “mole percent” (i.e. mol %) is well understood by those skilled in the art, and the mol % of a particular constituent means the amount of the particular constituent (expressed in moles) divided by the total amount of all constituents (including the particular constiuent) converted into a percentage (i.e. by multiplying by 100). The concept of mol % is directly related to mole fraction.
- The invention concerns amongst other things general and particular medical treatments as defined herein. The term “treatment”, and the therapies encompassed by this invention, include the following and combinations thereof: (1) inhibiting, e.g. delaying initiation and/or progression of, an event, state, disorder or condition, for example arresting, reducing or delaying the development of the event, state, disorder or condition, or a relapse thereof in case of maintenance treatment or secondary prophylaxis, or of at least one clinical or subclinical symptom thereof; (2) preventing or delaying the appearance of clinical symptoms of an event, state, disorder or condition developing in an animal (e.g. human) that may be afflicted with or predisposed to the state, disorder or condition but does not yet experience or display clinical or subclinical symptoms of the state, disorder or condition; and/or (3) relieving and/or curing an event, state, disorder or condition (e.g., causing regression of the event, state, disorder or condition or at least one of its clinical or subclinical symptoms, curing a patient or putting a patient into remission). The benefit to a patient to be treated may be either statistically significant or at least perceptible to the patient or to the physician. It will be understood that a medicament will not necessarily produce a clinical effect in each patient to whom it is administered; thus, in any individual patient or even in a particular patient population, a treatment may fail or be successful only in part, and the meanings of the terms “treatment”, “prophylaxis” and “inhibitor” and of cognate terms are to be understood accordingly. The compositions and methods described herein are of use for therapy and/or prophylaxis of the mentioned conditions.
- The term “prophylaxis” includes reference to treatment therapies for the purpose of preserving health or inhibiting or delaying the initiation and/or progression of an event, state, disorder or condition, for example for the purpose of reducing the chance of an event, state, disorder or condition occurring. The outcome of the prophylaxis may be, for example, preservation of health or delaying the initiation and/or progression of an event, state, disorder or condition. It will be recalled that, in any individual patient or even in a particular patient population, a treatment may fail, and this paragraph is to be understood accordingly.
- The term “inhibit” includes reference to delaying, stopping, reducing the incidence of, reducing the risk of and/or reducing the severity of an event, state, disorder or condition. Inhibiting an event, state, disorder or condition may therefore include delaying or stopping initiation and/or progression of such, and reducing the risk of such occurring. The products of the disclosure may be used to inhibit events, disorders and/or conditions which are disclosed herein.
- A “therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease. The “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the mammal to be treated.
- Routes of administration useful in the disclosed methods include but are not limited to oral and parenteral routes, such as intravenous (iv), intraperitoneal (ip), rectal, topical, ophthalmic, nasal, and transdermal.
- The inventive method of manufacturing a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) may be described by the reaction scheme of
Scheme 1. In line with the invention, such a method may also be used to form a variety of pharmaceutical drug substances incorporating the relevant molecular core (i.e. defined by formula I), such as flucytosine (N-unsubstituted), emtricitabine (internal N-substituted), and capecitabine (N,N-disubstituted). - The method involves monofluorination of the compound II to produce the compound I. Since it is typically problematic to separate compound I (product) from compound II (starting material) (e.g. during purification and/or isolation of compound I) and thus difficult to obtain pure compound I from a mixture of compounds I and II, the fluorination reaction upon compound II is suitably driven (substantially) to completion (suitably at least 99% completion, most suitably 100% completion). This allows compound I to be isolated from a crude reaction mixture in a (substantially) pure form, with minimal contamination by compound II. However, prior to the advent of the present invention, such monofluorination (especially where compound II is substantially all consumed during the fluorination reaction) would inevitably result in the formation of substantial quantities of the compound of Formula I-imp.
- Compound I-imp is a difluorinated analog (or impurity) of compound I. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is thought that compound I-imp is formed by fluorination of compound I, a reaction which may compete with fluorination of compound II. Though compound I is generally readily separable from compound I-imp (e.g. during purification and/or isolation of compound I), the “over-fluorination” that leads to compound I-imp compromises the yield of compound I. Such fluorinations have therefore traditionally been a compromise between purity and yield, since an improvement in one of these generally compromises the other.
- However, the method of the present invention, affords a surprisingly significant reduction in compound I-imp formation under conditions which allow the fluorination reaction to be drive (substantially) to completion (i.e. to consume substantially all of compound II). This allows high yields of highly pure compound I. Such a methodology also allows for the synthesis of compounds of formula I in a minimal number of steps from readily available inexpensive commodity chemicals. The combination of synthetic methodology (e.g. that the fluorination step is a downstream step, nearer to the end of the synthesis) and reaction conditions (e.g. continuous flow) also allows the amounts of electrophilic fluorinating agent to be minimised, thus reducing both hazard and toxic waste levels. Overall the reaction conditions and consequential waste streams are more environmentally benign, thus providing a signicantly more commercially and environmentally viable synthesis of compounds of Formula I. Despite the long-felt need for improved syntheses of compounds of formula I (especially for the pharmaceutical industry), not least in view of the prevailing undesirable yield vs purity compromises, this combination of advantages was completely unforeseeable, especially given the complex interplay of variables. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is now thought that the particular molecular cores which characterise compounds I and II give rise to the unique dual problem of difluorination and separation of starting material (compound II) and product (compound I), which is solved by the method of the invention.
- In the description of the synthetic methods described below and in the referenced synthetic methods that are used to prepare the staring materials, it is to be understood that all proposed reaction conditions, including choice of solvent, reaction atmosphere, reaction temperature, duration of the experiment and workup procedures, can be selected by a person skilled in the art.
- It is understood by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis that the functionality present on various portions of the molecule must be compatible with the reagents and reaction conditions utilised.
- Necessary starting materials may be obtained by standard procedures of organic chemistry. The preparation of such starting materials is described in conjunction with the following representative process variants and within the accompanying Examples. Alternatively necessary starting materials are obtainable by analogous procedures to those illustrated which are within the ordinary skill of an organic chemist.
- It will be understood by the skilled person that the compounds of the invention, such as a compound of Formula I or pharmaceutical drug substance (or salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) can be isolated and purified using techniques well known in the art. This may include an appropriate work-up procedure (optionally including quenching, pH adjustment, washes, drying, etc.). This may include concentration (e.g. in vacuo), recrystallisation, chromatography (whether standard or reverse-phase). Purity may be verified by techniques well known in the art.
- In the context of the invention, a “synthetic equivalent” is well understood by those skilled in the art, especially in the art of retrosynthesis, as a reference to a compound (or compounds) corresponding with a given “synthon” (E. J. Corey, Pure App. Chem., 1967, 14: 30-37). Any given synthon may have a plurality of synthetic equivalents and, as such, a given first synthetic equivalent may be considered a synthetic equivalent of a second synthetic equivalent, though each of the two synthetic equivalents naturally correspond with a common synthon. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, a synthon is (typically) a hypothetical structural unit, fragment, or synthetic building block relating to a potential synthetic operation (E. J. Corey, “Robert Robinson Lecture. Retrosynthetic thinking—essentials and examples”, Chem. Soc. Rev., 1988, 17: 111-133). In the context of the present invention, alternative synthetic equivalents of any given compound or synthon are suitably independently transformable into an identical compound, be it into the given compound itself or most suitably a derivative (or post-reacted form) thereof. However, the skilled person will readily appreciate that transforming alternative synthetic equivalents into an identical compound may require a different process, and potentially a different number of synthetic steps. In the context of the invention, both starting materials and products may be designated by reference to a corresponding synthetic equivalent thereof, since it will be understood that any two synthetically equivalent starting materials may be ultimately transformed into an identical product or into a product which may thereafter be transformed into an identical product. Synthetic equivalents may be particularly relevant in the context of protecting groups, which may be transiently incorporated into part of the molecular structure of a compound (especially a part of said molecule which may be vulnerable or sensitive during processing) in order that they can be removed once having served their protective function. As such, the method of the invention may optionally comprise any one or more of:
-
- transforming a synthetic equivalent of the compound of Formula II (or a salt or solvate thereof) into a compound of Formula II (or a salt or solvate thereof), suitably via one or more suitable chemical transformations (e.g. deprotections);
- transforming a synthetic equivalent of the compound of Formula II (or a salt or solvate thereof) into a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), suitably via one or more suitable chemical transformations;
- transforming a synthetic equivalent of the compound of Formula I (or a salt or solvate thereof) into a compound of Formula I (or a salt or solvate thereof), suitably via one or more suitable chemical transformations (e.g. deprotections); and/or
- transforming a synthetic equivalent of a pharmaceutical drug substance as defined herein (or a salt or solvate thereof) into a a pharmaceutical drug substance as defined herein (or a salt or solvate thereof), suitably via one or more suitable chemical transformations (e.g. deprotections).
- The method may, following conversion of a compound II to a compound I, thereafter involve transformation of a compound I into another compound of formula I (e.g. by manipulating the relevant substituent groups, e.g. by transforming any one or more of X, Y, R1, R2, or any groups associated therewith, to an alternative one or more of X, Y, R1, R2, or any groups associated therewith). For instance, nitrogen atoms bearing a hydrogen may be derivatised through appropriate coupling with a group other than hydrogen, for instance via glycosylation (e.g. N-glycosylation with a sugar compound or activated sugar to form an N-glycosyl derivative), herniaminalisation (e.g. N-hemiaminalisation with a lactol or activated lactol to form N-cyclic hemiaminal ethers), N-alkylation, N-acylation, and N-carbamoylation (to form an N-carbamate), and such like. Such transformations are particularly relevant where, for example, a specific compound of Formula I (e.g. flucytosine or a salt or solvate thereof) is further processed to form one of either Capecitabine (where further processing steps suitably involve N-glycosylation at the internal ring NH moiety to form a corresponding N-cyclic hemiaminal ether, and also N-carbamoylation at the external NH2 moiety to form an n-pentyl carbamate) or Emtricitabine (where one of the further processing steps suitably involves N-hemiaminalisation at the internal ring NH moiety to form a corresponding N-cyclic hemiaminal ether).
- It will be appreciated that during the synthesis of the compounds of the invention in the processes defined below, or during the synthesis of certain starting materials, it may be desirable to protect certain substituent groups to prevent their undesired reaction. The skilled chemist will appreciate when such protection is required, and how such protecting groups may be put in place, and later removed.
- For examples of protecting groups see one of the many general texts on the subject, for example, ‘Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis’ by Theodora Green (publisher: John Wiley & Sons). Protecting groups may be removed by any convenient method described in the literature or known to the skilled chemist as appropriate for the removal of the protecting group in question, such methods being chosen so as to effect removal of the protecting group with the minimum disturbance of groups elsewhere in the molecule.
- Thus, if reactants include, for example, groups such as amino, carboxy or hydroxy it may be desirable to protect the group in some of the reactions mentioned herein.
- By way of example, a suitable protecting group for an amino or alkylamino group is, for example, an acyl group, for example an alkanoyl group such as acetyl, an alkoxycarbonyl group, for example a methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl or t-butoxycarbonyl group, an arylmethoxycarbonyl group, for example benzyloxycarbonyl, or an aroyl group, for example benzoyl. The deprotection conditions for the above protecting groups necessarily vary with the choice of protecting group. Thus, for example, an acyl group such as an alkanoyl or alkoxycarbonyl group or an aroyl group may be removed by, for example, hydrolysis with a suitable base such as an alkali metal hydroxide, for example lithium or sodium hydroxide. Alternatively an acyl group such as a tert-butoxycarbonyl group may be removed, for example, by treatment with a suitable acid as hydrochloric, sulfuric or phosphoric acid or trifluoroacetic acid and an arylmethoxycarbonyl group such as a benzyloxycarbonyl group may be removed, for example, by hydrogenation over a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon, or by treatment with a Lewis acid for example boron tris(trifluoroacetate). A suitable alternative protecting group for a primary amino group is, for example, a phthaloyl group which may be removed by treatment with an alkylamine, for example dimethylaminopropylamine, or with hydrazine.
- A suitable protecting group for a hydroxy group is, for example, an acyl group, for example an alkanoyl group such as acetyl, an aroyl group, for example benzoyl, or an arylmethyl group, for example benzyl. The deprotection conditions for the above protecting groups will necessarily vary with the choice of protecting group. Thus, for example, an acyl group such as an alkanoyl or an aroyl group may be removed, for example, by hydrolysis with a suitable base such as an alkali metal hydroxide, for example lithium, sodium hydroxide or ammonia. Alternatively an arylmethyl group such as a benzyl group may be removed, for example, by hydrogenation over a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon.
- A suitable protecting group for a carboxy group is, for example, an esterifying group, for example a methyl or an ethyl group which may be removed, for example, by hydrolysis with a base such as sodium hydroxide, or for example a t-butyl group which may be removed, for example, by treatment with an acid, for example an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid, or for example a benzyl group which may be removed, for example, by hydrogenation over a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon.
- The method(s) of the invention may therefore comprise, at any stage (including intermediates) though most suitably after a final synthetic step, optionally, and if necessary:
- (a) removing any protecting groups present;
- (b) converting the compound Formula I or a pharmaceutical drug substance into another compound of Formula I or another pharmaceutical drug substance; and/or
- (c) forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- It will be understood that any of the aforementioned general points regarding the synthesis of a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) may suitably also apply mutatis mutandis to other compounds and/or methods of the invention, especially those pertaining to a pharmaceutical drug substance (whether that be a compound of Formula I or a derivative thereof).
- The present invention provides a method of manufacturing a compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) as defined herein. Such a method may be termed “electrophilic fluorination”, since it suitably involves the electrophilic fluorination (i.e. with an electrophilic fluorinating agent) of a compound of Formula II.
- Since the novel method of manufacture affords the desired product in both higher yield and higher purity, particularly in terms of impurities characterised by or derived from the starting material (i.e. compound of Formula II), the present invention also provides a novel compound of Formula I (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) obtainable by, obtained by, or directly obtained by the method of manufacturing the compound of Formula I.
- The reaction between the compound of Formula II and the electrophilic fluorinating agent is performed in a continuous flow reactor.
- The continuous flow reactor is operable (or operated) to mix input materials to thereby produce a reaction mixture and cause a chemical reaction between the input materials. The continuous flow reactor may be simply a reaction vessel (or internal reactor) with input and output flow line(s) (or connectors therefor) into which multiple input loads are continuous fed (and suitably out of which one or more output loads flow), though in the context of the invention the continuous flow reactor may suitably be considered to comprise at least an internal reactor (or reaction vessel) but may additionally comprise any, some, or all other elements of an apparatus for performing the method(s) of the invention (i.e. optionally including any flow lines, connectors, junctions, input reservoirs, output collectors, heating and/or pressure controllers, flow controllers, etc.).
- The compound of Formula II and the electrophilic fluorinating agent are collectively “input materials” or are respectively a first and second input material. The product(s) of the reaction are “output materials” (though the output materials may include input materials if there is an incomplete reaction). Suitably a continuous flow reactor is operated to (substantially) continuously mix a first input load (or flow) comprising the compound of Formula II (the first input material) with a second input load (or flow) comprising the electrophilic fluorinating agent (the second input material), suitably so that the respective input materials are mixed together in pre-determined relative quantities, at pre-determinated relative rates, and/or allowed or caused to react together (e.g. through the resulting reaction mixture being exposed to particular pre-determined reaction conditions, or the reaction mixture being otherwise passed through an internal reactor) for a pre-determined time period (i.e. residence time). Suitably the continuous flow reactor is operated to control the relative (and suitably also the absolute) rate of mixing of the relevant input loads. Suitably the input loads each respectively have a known pre-determined concentration of each of the respective input materials. Whereas in a batch process, it is straightforward to determine the relative amounts of the input materials (and by deduction, potentially also the amounts of output materials) by reference to the absolute amounts of material inputted into a batch processing vessel, the relative amounts of input materials (e.g. the relative weight or molar ratios of the first and second input materials) in a continuous flow process, as per the invention, must be established by reference to the concentration of input materials in their respective input loads and the flow rates of these respective input loads. As such, the skilled person is well capable of establishing and/or pre-setting the reaction stoichiometry or relative ratios of input materials of a continuous flow process.
- The continuous flow reactor may be any suitable continuous flow reactor, of which there is a variety already well known in the art, for example: pipe/laminar flow systems, falling film reactors, ‘counter current’ flow reactors, spinning disc devices, pipe-in-pipe systems, and parallel multichannel reactors such as those described in an earlier patent application of the present applicant (WO03/095086), MEPI reactors, and Chemtrix systems. The person skilled in the art is well aware of suitable materials and construction methods for continuous flow reactors, and any suitable materials and construction methods and arrangements may be used. However, continuous flow reactors are often formed from stainless steel, silicon carbide, copper, and such like.
- Suitably, the continuous flow reactor comprises two or more fluidly-connected flow line(s) capable of carrying a continuous flow of fluid materials (including input materials and output materials) through the continuous flow reactor. Suitably the continuous flow reactor comprises upstream input flow line(s) (for carrying input loads and materials) fluidly-connected to downstream output flow line(s) (for carrying output loads and materials), suitably via one or more junctions and/or one or more mid-stream flow line(s), and optionally via one or more internal reactor(s).
- The continuous flow reactor may comprise any suitable means (or elements) for conveying and mixing the relevant input loads. The continuous flow reactor may be a single integrated apparatus or may comprise two or more pieces of individual apparatus which combine to produce an overall continuous flow apparatus for carrying out the method of the invention. The continuous flow reactor may even include one or more syringes (suitably each associated with a corresponding syringe pump for automatically controlling flow of the relevant input load) and/or one or more mass-flow controllers may be suitable, though more sophisticated equipment is most suitably employed, especially at larger scales. In operation, the continuous flow reactor is also suitably fluidly-connected to distinct reservoirs of relevant input material(s), in order that the relevant input material(s) can become (comprised of the) input loads and duly conveyed through the continuous flow reactor. Suitably one or more pumps (suitably controlled or controllable pumps) are used to pump loads through the continuous flow reactor. Suitably a separate pump is used to control the flow rate of each input load, thereby suitably controlling the relative quantities of each when mixed at a junction.
- The continuous flow reactor suitably includes at least a first and second input flow line (suitably each being a suitable tube or pipe for carrying the respective first and second input loads), a first junction (where the first and second flow lines converge, meet or join, and thus by definition downstream from the first and second input flow line(s)), and a first output flow line (suitably a tube or pipe for carrying the relevant output load, suitably resulting from the mixed first and second input loads and optionally further input loads where relevant, and thus by definition downstream from the junction at which said input loads are mixed).
- Suitably the first input load comprises (and the first input flow line carries) the compound of Formula II, and the second input load comprises (and the second input flow line carries) the electrophilic fluorinating agent. Suitably, the first and second input lines are respectively fluidly-connected to a first and second reservoir respectively comprising the compound of Formula II (first reservoir) and the electrophilic fluorinating agent (second reservoir). The first and second reservoir suitably each respectively comprise a first input reserve (comprising the first input material/compound of Formula II) and a second input reserve (comprising the second input material/electrophilic fluorinating agent), where suitably each input reserve is in fluid form. Suitably each input reserve comprises pre-determined concentration of the relevant input material. Suitably each fluid reserve equates to each particular input load (i.e. each input load comprises the same concentration of input material as the corresponding input reserve), though optionally further input flow line(s) may carry further (carrier) input load(s) (e.g. diluent(s), carrier(s) for mixing with the relevant input reserves either at or downstream from the respective input reservoirs—this may cause an input load to be more dilute in a given input material than the corresponding input reserve from which it was formed. This may be achieved by locating additional junction(s) upstream from the first junction, i.e. junctions which premix one or more carrier input load(s) with the first and/or second input reserves to produce respective first and/or second input loads. Such additional junction(s) may, for instance, join either or both of the first and/or second input flow line(s) downstream from the first and/or second reservoir(s) but upstream from the first junction, so that each of the first and second input loads are delivered to the first junction (for mixing) with the required concentration of input material(s) in each.
- Suitably, as described below, the first input reserve (and/or the first input load), i.e. which contains the compound of Formula II, is provided as a liquid composition comprising the first input material (compound II) mixed with a diluent (i.e. collectively a first input reserve composition). As such, the diluent is suitably a liquid at standard ambient temperature and pressure, though compound II may be a solid. The first input reserve composition is suitably a liquid solution of the compound of Formula II. Suitably the first input load is as high a concentration as possible whilst still remaining fluidly mobile under the operating conditions of the continuous flow reactor. Likewise, therefore, suitably the first input reserve composition is as high a concentration as possible whilst remaining fluidly mobile under said conditions.
- Suitably, as described below, the second input reserve (and/or the second input load), i.e. which contains the electrophilic fluorinating agent, is provided as a gaseous composition comprising the second input material (electrophilic fluorinating agent) mixed with a diluent (i.e. collectively a second input reserve composition). As such, the diluent is suitably a gas at standard ambient temperature and pressure, and suitably so is the second input material. The second input reserve composition is suitably a uniform electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprising a mixture of the second input material and a diluent gas. Suitably the concentration of the second input load (with respect to the second input material) is controlled to optimise the reaction condition (e.g. to control exotherms, run-aways, over-heating, etc.). Likewise, therefore, suitably the concentration of the second input reserve composition is duly controlled.
- Suitably the continuous flow reactor is operated to carry first and second input loads (respectively comprising compound II and electrophilic fluorinating agent), suitably from respective first and second input reservoirs, via distinct first and second input flow lines, to the first junction, where said input loads are mixed to produce a “reaction mixture”. Suitably a separate pump is used to control the flow rate of each input load, to thereby suitably control the relative quantities of each input load (and hence relative quantities of each respective input material) when mixed at the first junction.
- To facilitate a chemical reaction between the first and second input materials, the continuous flow reactor suitably comprises an internal reactor (i.e. a first internal reactor), suitably in fluid communication with (or connected to) input and output flow line(s), and is suitably located at or downstream from (and fluidly in-line with) the first junction. Suitably the continuous flow reactor is operable or configured to feed the reaction mixture through the internal reactor (suitably at a pre-determined rate, suitably to provide a pre-determined residence time within the internal reactor). As such, the continuous flow reactor is suitably operated to mix the input loads (i.e. at the junction, either within or upstream from the internal reactor) to form a “reaction mixture” (suitably comprising first and second input materials and/or output material(s) derived from reaction(s) therebetween) which flows through the internal reactor and out of the internal reactor into and through one or more output flow line(s). The internal reactor may be a vessel (like a reactor vessel), tube, or pipe, operable to facilitate reaction of the first and second input materials. In a particular embodiment, the internal reactor is a coiled tube or pipe, suitably with a (substantially) uniform bore or internal diameter. In a particular embodiment, the internal reactor is a standard coiled 1 m long stainless steel tube with an internal diameter of 1.4 mm.
- In a particular embodiment, the continuous flow reactor (or collective continuous flow apparatus) includes:
- a first input flow line for carrying the first input load;
- a second input flow line for carrying the second input load,
- a junction at which the first and second input flow lines converge and at which the first and second input loads mix to form a reaction mixture;
- an internal reactor, through which the reaction mixture is configured to flow, located at or downstream from the first junction; and
- a first output flow line for carrying an output load from the internal reactor;
wherein the continuous flow reactor is operated to feed the reaction mixture through the internal reactor. - It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the continuous flow reactor may comprise one or more further input flow lines (i.e. third, fourth, . . . input flow lines), and optionally corresponding one or more further reservoirs (i.e. third, fourth . . . input reservoirs), configured to carry one or more further input loads and/or input materials (i.e. third, forth, . . . input loads/materials). Additional input loads may be used to modify reaction conditions in real time, or for the delivery of additional reagents or precursors therefor.
- The conditions prevailing within the internal reactor may be judiciously selected, controlled, and/or maintained, suitably by controlling one or more reaction parmeters (e.g. temperature, pressure, residence time, mixing). The dimensions and shape of the internal reactor may be optionally adjustable, to control one or more reaction parameters. The internal reactor may be (optionally adjustably) dimensioned and/or shaped to provide a desired reaction mixture “residence time” (i.e. the volumetric residence time of the reaction mixture, which is the ratio of the reactor's internal volume and the overall volumetric flow rate of the reaction mixture through the reactor—i.e. where overall volumetric flow rate is suitably the sum of the flow rates of the first and second input loads). Naturally, this “residence time” may also be influenced by the overall flow rate, which may be altered by adjusting the flow rate of the individual input loads. In this context, “residence time” is generally a measure of the duration of reaction within the internal reactor (i.e. the time taken for a given volume of reaction mixture to pass through the reactor). Note, however, that the reaction mixture “residence time” is distinct from the residence time of a given weight, volume, or number of moles, of input and output materials, whose residence times are additionally influenced by the concentration of the relevant materials.
- The continuous flow reactor may be operated to induce, adjust, but most preferably maintain one or more reaction parameters within the internal reactor. For instance where the reactor comprises or is associated with a heating or cooling device, the temperature within the internal reactor (and therefore of the reaction mixture) may be selected, maintained, or adjusted—it may be particularly important to apply cooling or otherwise allow heat-exchange to remove heat generated during a reaction by exotherms (this is often the case where fluorine gas reacts with a compound of Formula II). Where the reactor comprises or is associated with a pressure adjusting device (e.g. a vacuum pump or autoclave), the pressure (or lack thereof) within the internal reactor (and therefore of the reaction mixture) may be selected, maintained, or adjusted. Where the reactor comprises an agitation element (e.g. for mixing), mixing of the reaction mixture may be facilitated. Where the reactor is configured to receive input from one or more further input flow lines, prevailing reaction conditions (e.g. pH) within the internal reactor (and therefore of the reaction mixture) may be selected, maintained, or adjusted. Alternatively, where the reactor comprises a gas outlet or gas output flow line (as distinct from a reaction mixture output flow line), optionally connected to a scrubber (e.g. soda lime scrubber for scrubbing excess), gaseous input material(s) and/or gaseous output materials (produced following the chemical reaction) may be conveniently diverted so that an output load (carrying output material(s)) exiting the reactor comprises a reduced concentration of said gaseous materials relative to the concentration of said gaseous materials in the reaction mixture (i.e. within the reactor). Alternatively, however, such separation of gases (and optional scrubbing) may occur downstream from the reactor, suitably at a collector point (where the output load is collected). Such induction, adjustment, and/or maintainance of one or more reaction parameters within the internal reactor may suitably further facilitate a chemical reaction within the internal reactor.
- Suitably, once the reaction mixture has passed through the internal reactor, an output load (comprising output materials, which may optionally include one or more of the input materials, though suitably all input materials have reacted within the reactor or been removed from reaction mixture or output load) suitably passes into the one or more output flow line(s) (suitably into a single output line). Suitably the output load is exposed to different conditions (e.g. temperature, heat-exchange, pressure, partial pressure or gaseous input materials) to that of the reaction mixture within the internal reactor. This may be merely due to the cessation of change(s) in the one or more reaction parameters prevailing within the internal reactor. Alternatively, the continuous flow reactor may be operated to induce, adjust, but most preferably maintain one or more parameters within the output flow line(s) (e.g. temperature, pressure, or even a quenching agent to quench a reaction). As such, the reaction is suitably quenched (or at least retarded) following exit from the internal reactor to the output line(s).
- Suitably the output load(s) is collected, and suitably thereafter the desired output material(s) are isolated and/or purified therefrom, suitably outside the continuous fliow reactor. An output load that has been collected may be termed a “collected output load”.
- In a particular embodiment, the continuous flow reactor is a microreactor. In a particular embodiment, the continuous flow reactor is a stainless steel tube reactor.
- The compounds of Formula I and Formula II (shown below) both share common X, Y, R1, R2, groups, each of which may be defined as herein.
- With regards to particular compounds of the invention (e.g. compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutical drug substance derived therefrom) and particular compounds used (e.g. compound of Formula II) or produced (e.g. compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutical drug substance derived therefrom) by the methods of the invention, or (pharmaceutically acceptable) salts, solvates, or synthetic equivalents thereof: unless otherwise stated, each of X, Y, R1, R2, and any groups associated therewith (e.g. Rx, Ry, R1a, R1b, RN, Rs, L1, Q1, RL1, RL2, n) has any of the meanings defined hereinbefore or in any of paragraphs (1) to (26) hereinafter:—
- (1) X is NRx; wherein Rx is hydrogen or is independently selected from any RN group;
- (2) X is NRx; wherein Rx is hydrogen or is independently selected from heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more Rs groups;
- (3) X is NRx; wherein Rx is hydrogen or is a 5-membered heterocyclyl (suitably containing at least one internal oxygen atom and optionally a sulphur atom, though is suitably free of nitrogen atoms) optionally substituted with one or more hydroxyl, (1-3C)alkyl, or (1-3C)alkyl substituted with hydroxy;
- (4) X is NRx; wherein Rx is hydrogen or is a 5-membered heterocyclyl group (suitably with only a single internal oxygen heteroatom, or with a single internal oxygen heteroatom and a single internal sulphur heteroatom) optionally substituted with one or more hydroxyl, (1-3C)alkyl, or (1-3C)alkyl substituted with hydroxyl, wherein where Rx is other than hydrogen, Rx forms a hemiaminal ether (or glycosidic) linkage with the nitrogen atom to which it is attached;
- (5) X is NH;
- (6) Y is O;
- (7) R1 is hydrogen or is independently selected from an Rs group selected from amino, (1-8C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, optionally substituted as defined herein;
- (8) R1 is an electron donating group (EDG);
- (9) R1 is independently selected from NR1aR1b, OR1a, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino, optionally substituted as defined herein, wherein R1a and R1b are each independently selected from hydrogen or any RN group as defined herein;
- (10) R1 is independently selected from NR1aR1b or (1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino, wherein R1a and R1b are each independently selected from hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl;
- (11) R1 is NH2 or (1-5C)alkoxycarbonylamino;
- (12) R1 is NH2;
- (13) R1a and R1b are each independently selected from hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl;
- (14) R2 hydrogen;
- (15) each RN group is independently selected from heterocyclyl or formyl independently substituted with one or more Rs groups;
- (16) one of RN (suitably Rx) is heterocyclyl substituted with one or more Rs groups;
- (17) one of RN (suitably Rx) is 5-membered heterocyclyl substituted with one or more groups selected from hydroxy, (1-8C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-8C)alkyl, (1-3C)alkoxy-(1-8C)alkyl, or (1-6C)alkoxy;
- (18) one of RN (suitably Rx) is 5-membered heterocyclyl substituted with one or more groups selected from hydroxy, (1-3C)alkyl, or hydroxy-(1-3C)alkyl;
- (19) ne of RN (suitably Rx) is 5-membered heterocyclyl (suitably with a single internal oxygen heteroatom, or with a single internal oxygen heteroatom and a single internal sulphur heteroatom) substituted with one or more groups selected from hydroxy, methyl, or hydroxyethyl; wherein RN forms a glycosylic (or anomeric) linkage with the nitrogen atom to which it is attached;
- (20) one of RN (suitably one within R1, suitably one of R1a or R1b of a NR1aR1b group) is formyl substituted with one or more Rs groups;
- (21) one of RN (suitably one within R1, suitably one of R1a or R1b of a NR1aR1b group) is formyl substituted with one or more groups selected from (1-8C)alkyl or (1-6C)alkoxy;
- (22) one of RN (suitably one within R1, suitably one of R1a or R1b of a NR1aR1b group) is formyl substituted with one or more groups selected from (1-5C)alkyl or (1-5C)alkoxy;
- (23) each Rs group is independently selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, isocyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, formyl, carboxy, carbamoyl, ureido, (1-5C)alkyl, (1-5C)alkoxy, (1-4C)alkylthio, (1-4C)alkylamino, di-[(1-4C)alkyl]amino, (1-5C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-5C)alkoxycarbonyloxy, N-(1-5C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-5C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-4C)alkanoyl, (2-4C)alkanoyloxy, (2-4C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-5C)alkyl-(2-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-5C)alkoxycarbonylamino, N-(1-5C)alkyl-(1-5C)alkoxycarbonylamino, or from a group of the formula:
-
L1—Q1 - wherein L1 is a direct bond or is selected from CH2, O, S, SO, SO2, N(RL1), CO, CRL1(ORL2), CON(RL1), N(RL1)CO, N(RL1)C(O)O, N(RL1)CON(RL2), SO2N(RL1), N(RL1)SO2, OC(RL1)2, SC(RL1)2 and N(RL1)C(RL2)2, wherein RL1 and RL2 are each independently hydrogen or (1-5C)alkyl; and Q1 is (1-5C)alkyl, (2-4C)alkenyl, (2-4C)alkynyl, aryl, aryl-(1-4C)alkyl, (5-6C)cycloalkyl, (5-6C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(1-4C)alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-(1-4C)alkyl; wherein any Rs group is independently optionally further substituted by one or more Rs groups as defined herein (suitably only optionally substituted to the first order level);
- (24) each Rs group is independently selected from hydroxy, amino, (1-5C)alkyl, (1-5C)alkoxy, (1-5C)alkoxycarbonylamino; wherein any Rs group is independently optionally further substituted by one or more Rs groups as defined herein (suitably only optionally substituted to the first order level);
- (25) each Rs group is independently selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, isocyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, formyl, carboxy, carbamoyl, ureido, (1-8C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino; wherein any Rs group is independently optionally further substituted by one or more Rs groups (i.e. first order Rs substitutent groups in relation to any given “parent” Rs group), though suitably any first order Rs substitutent groups are unsubstituted;
- (26) where Rs is optionally substituted with one or more further Rs groups (i.e. by first-order Rs substituents), suitably said further Rs groups are selected from hydroxy, (1-8C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-8C)alkyl, (1-3C)alkoxy-(1-8C)alkyl, or (1-6C)alkoxy.
- In a particular embodiment, the compound(s) of Formula II, I, and/or I-imp are defined as herein, where X is NRx, and Y is 0, i.e. the compound(s) respectively have the structural Formula IIa, Ia, and/or Ia-imp shown below:
- wherein R1, R2, Rx, and any groups associated therewith, have any one of the meanings defined herein, or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof.
- In a particular embodiment, the compound(s) of Formula IIa, Ia, and/or Ia-imp are defined as herein, where R1 is NR1aR1b, i.e. the compound(s) respectively have the structural Formula IIb, Ib, and/or Ib-imp shown below:
- wherein R1a, R1b, R2, Rx, and any groups associated therewith, have any one of the meanings defined herein, or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof.
- In a particular embodiment, the compound(s) of Formula IIb, Ib, and/or Ib-imp are defined as herein, where R1 is NH2, and R2 is hydrogen, i.e. the compound(s) respectively have the structural Formula IIc, Ic, and/or Ic-imp shown below:
- wherein Rx, and any groups associated therewith, have any one of the meanings defined herein, or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof.
- In a particular embodiment, the compound(s) of Formula IIb, Ib, and/or Ib-imp are defined as herein, where Rx and R2 are both hydrogen, i.e. the compound(s) respectively have the structural Formula IId, Id, and/or Id-imp shown below:
- wherein R1a, R1b, and any groups associated therewith, have any one of the meanings defined herein, or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof.
- In a particular embodiment, the compound(s) of Formula IId, Id, and/or Id-imp are defined as herein, where R1a and R1b are both hydrogen, i.e. the compound(s) respectively have the structural Formula IIe, Ie, and/or Ie-imp shown below:
- or a salt or solvate. As such, in a particular embodiment, the compound of formula II is cytosine, and the compound of Formula I is flucytosine, or each of these is alternatively a salt or solvate thereof.
- In a particular embodiment, the compound of Formula I is selected from flucytosine, emtricitabine, or capecitabine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof.
- In a particular embodiment, the pharmaceutical drug substance is selected from flucytosine, emtricitabine, or capecitabine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof. Compounds, such as emtricitabine or capecitabine may optionally be formed by first forming a different compound of formula I (e.g. flucytosine), and then performing one or more transformation steps to produce emtricitabine or capecitabine.
- The electrophilic fluorinating agent may be any suitable electrophilic fluorinating agent known in the art, though obviously the electrophilic fluorinating agent is suitable for use in a continuous flow reactor. Suitably the electrophilic fluorinating agent is provided as a fluid (whether gaseous or liquid at standard ambient temperature and pressure). The electrophilic fluoriniating agent is suitably provided as part of the second input load and/or the second input reserve composition.
- Though, in preferred embodiment, the electrophilic fluorinating agent is suitably provided to the continuous flow reactor as (part of) a single input load comprising a (pre-formed ready-to-use) electrophilic fluorinating agent, in some embodiments the electrophilic fluorinating agent may instead be provided as one or more (more suitably two or more) electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagents which suitably react in situ within the continuous flow reactor (suitably in the presence of the compound of Formula II) or in a separate reactor (suitably in the absence of the compound of Formula II) fluidly connected with the continuous flow reactor to form the electrophilic fluorinating agent. As such, references herein to electrophilic fluorinating agent(s) suitably includes any electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagent(s) that may ultimately lead to the formation of the electrophilic fluorinating agent (e.g. by reacting two or more electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagents). Such electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagent(s) may be provided as (part of) a single input load (e.g. with a second input load) or more preferably be provide as (part of) two or more separate input loads (e.g. with second and third input loads). Two or more electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagents may suitably constitute separate input materials and be comprised of separate input loads so as to be delivered via two separate input flow lines. As such, the electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagents may be provided as second and third input loads—for instance the second input load may comprise gaseous fluorine whilst the third input load may comprise acetic acid, such that the second and third input loads ultimately react to form the electrophilic fluorinating agent acetyl hypofluorite. For the purposes of defining the invention, references herein to a second input load carrying an electrophilic fluorinating agent suitably includes two or more electrophilic fluorinating agent precursor reagents carried as (part of) two or more separate input loads (within two or more separate input flow lines).
- Where the electrophilic fluorinating agent is provided as a liquid, suitably it is provided as a solution, suitably in a solvent compatible for use under the reaction conditions. Where the electrophilic fluorinating agent is provided as a liquid, suitably said liquid is (substantially) homogeneous and/or uniform. The electrophilic fluorinating agent itself may be a solid at SATP, but suitably it is used as a solution in an appropriate solvent.
- The skilled person will be aware of the wide variety of electrophilic fluorinating agents now available for use in synthetic chemistry, a sample of which include:
- Gaseous electrophilic fluorinating agents—fluorine gas, suitably provided as part of an electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprising fluorine and optionally one or more carrier gases (e.g. nitrogen) (i.e. diluted fluorine);
- Oxygen-fluorine (O—F) electrophilic fluorinating agents—compounds with an oxygen-fluorine bond, for example: acetyl hypofluorite, cesium fluoroxy sulphate, perchloyl fluoride, bis(fluoroxy)difluoromethane, Fluoroxytrifluoromethane;
- Nitrogen-fluorine (N—F) electrophilic fluorinating agents—compounds with a nitrogen-fluorine bond, for example:
- N-fluoro-o-benzenedisulfonimide (NFOBS)
- N-fluorobenzenesulfonimide (NFSI)
- 1-Chloromethyl-4-fluoro-1,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane bis(tetrafluoroborate) (Selectfluor™)
- 2,6-Dichloro-1-fluoropyridinium Trifluoromethanesulfonate
- 1,1-Difluoro-2,2-bipyridinium
- 1-Fluoro-2,6-dichloropyridinium Tetrafluoroborate
- 2-Fluoro-1-methylpyridinium p-Toluenesulfonate
- 1-Fluoropyridinium Tetrafluoroborate
- 1-Fluoropyridinium Trifluoromethanesulfonate
- 1-Fluoro-2,4,6-trimethylpyridinium Tetrafluoroborate
- 1-Fluoro-2,4,6-trimethylpyridinium Trifluoromethanesulfonate
- N-Fluorobenzenesulfonimide
- N-Fluoro-N-(chloromethyl)triethylenediamine Bis(tetrafluoroborate)
- Suitably, the electrophilic fluorinating agent is provided as part of the second input load (or as part of the second input reserve composition). Suitably the second input load (or as part of the second input reserve composition) comprises an electrophilic fluorinating agent in a concentration suitable for reaction. Given that the second input reserve composition and/or second input load may be in gas or liquid form , the concentration of the electrophilic fluorinating agent within the second input reserve composition and/or second input load may be given in one or more of molarity, wt %, mol %, or partial pressure.
- Suitably the second input reserve composition (and/or second input load) comprises the electrophilic fluorinating agent in a concentration between 1 wt % and 30 wt %, suitably between 2 wt % and 20 wt %, suitably between 5 wt % and 15 wt %, most suitably about 10 wt %.
- Suitably the second input reserve composition (and/or second input load) comprises between 1 and 30 mol % electrophilic fluorinating agent, suitably between 2 and 20 mol %, suitably between 5 and 15 mol %, most suitably about 10 mol %.
- Where the electrophilic fluorinating agent (e.g. fluorine) and the second input reserve composition (and second input load) are gaseous, suitably the second input reserve composition (and/or second input load) comprises between 1 and 30% electrophilic fluorinating agent, suitably between 2 and 25%, suitably between 3 and 20%, suitably between 5 and 15%, more suitably between 8 and 12% electrophilic fluorinating agent, most suitably about 10% electrophilic fluorinating agent. Suitably the balance of ingredients in the the second input reserve composition (and second input load) (i.e. up to 100%) is constituted by the one or more carrier gas(es), suitably nitrogen. In a particular embodiment, the electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprises or consists essentially of 5 to 15% electrophilic fluorinating agent and 85 to 95% diluent gas(es). These percentages may be by moles, by weight, or by volume.
- In a preferred embodiment, the electrophilic fluorinating agent is a gaseous electrophilic fluorinating agent. Suitably the electrophilic fluorinating agent is fluorine gas, optionally provided as an electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition (i.e. corresponding to the second input load and/or second input reserve composition) comprising fluorine and optionally one or more carrier gases (e.g. nitrogen). Any carrier gases are suitably inert gases, suitably inert to fluorine and suitably also inert to any other starting materials, products, or reagents of the methods of the invention. Suitably, the electrophilic fluorinating agent is fluorine gas provided as an electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprising or consisting essential of fluorine and nitrogen. In a particular embodiment, an electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprises between 1 and 30% fluorine, suitably between 2 and 25% fluorine, suitably between 3 and 20% fluorine, suitably between 5 and 15% fluorine, more suitably between 8 and 12% fluorine, most suitably about 10% fluorine. Suitably the balance of ingredients in the electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition (i.e. up to 100%) is constituted by the one or more carrier gas(es), suitably nitrogen. In a particular embodiment, the electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprises or consists essentially of 5 to 15% fluorine and 85 to 95% nitrogen, most suitably 10% fluorine and 90% nitrogen, where % values are by volume (though since such gaseous systems behave substantially as an ideal gas, the % values may also be by weight).
- An electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition is suitably provided to a reaction mixture as a constant flow.
- In methods of the invention, the compound of Formula II is suitably provided as part of a first input reserve composition (or a first input load, which may be the same or different to the first input reserve composition, preferably the same) comprising the compound of Formula II and one or more diluent(s) (i.e. a diluent system). Most suitably, the first input reserve composition (and/or the first input load) is a solution of compound II. Suitably the first input reserve composition comprises compound II in a concentration between 0.01M and 10M, suitably 0.1M to 3M, suitably 0.5M to 1.5M, most suitably about 1M. However, most suitably it is the first input load that comprises compound II in a concentration between 0.01M and 10M, suitably 0.1M to 3M, suitably 0.5M to 1.5M, most suitably about 1M. As such, though the input load is most suitably (substantially) the same as the first input reserve composition (i.e. the form of the first input material taken from the reservoir thereof), if they are different then suitably a more concentrated first input reserve composition is diluted during operation of the continuous flow reactor so that the respective input load has the required concentration.
- Suitably the first input reserve composition comprises compound II in a concentration between 1 wt % and 20 wt %, suitably between 5 wt % and 15 wt %, suitably between 7 wt % and 10 wt %, most suitably about 9 wt %. However, most suitably it is the first input load that comprises compound II in a concentration between 1 wt % and 20 wt %, suitably between 5 wt % and 15 wt %, suitably between 7 wt % and 10 wt %, most suitably about 9 wt %.
- Suitably the first input reserve composition (and/or first input load) comprises compound II in a concentration between 0.001 and 1.0 mol %, suitably between 0.01 and 0.5 mol %, most suitably between 0.02 and 0.6 mol %.
- The diluent system suitably comprises an acid. Suitably the acid has a pKa greater than or equal to 2.0, suitably greater than or equal to 3.0, suitably greater than or equal to 3.17 (i.e. greater than or equal to the pKa of hydrofluoric acid), suitably greater than or equal to 3.5. Suitably the acid has a pKa less than or equal to 5.0, suitably less than or equal to 4.0, suitably less than or equal to 3.8. Most suitably, the acid has a pKa of about 3.77.
- Suitably the acid is an organic acid, suitably a carboxylic acid. Suitably the carboxylic acid is a liquid at SATP. The carboxylic acid is suitably defined by R′CO2H, wherein R′ is (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, or (2-8C)alkynyl, optionally substituted by one or more halogeno (especially fluoro), trifluoromethyl, cyano, isocyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, or (1-6C)alkoxy. In an embodiment, R′ is (1-8C)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halogeno (especially fluoro). In an embodiment, R′ is (1-3C)alkyl optionally substituted by one or more fluoro. In an embodiment, the carboxylic acid is selected from formic acid, acetic acid, propanoic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, or trichloroacetic acid. Most preferably, the acid is formic acid.
- The diluent system may comprise the acid and one or more additional solvents. However, suitably the diluent system comprises at least 20 wt % acid, suitably at least 40 wt %, suitably at last 60 wt %, more suitably at least 80 wt %, and most suitably the diluent system consists of or consists essentially of the acid. As such, in a preferred embodiment, the diluent is formic acid. However, diluents, such as methanol and/or acetonitrile maybe used.
- It will be understood that the acid may optionally be provided as (part of) a separate input load to the compound of Formula II, though most suitably they are part of the same input load.
- The reaction between the compound of Formula II and the electrophilic fluorinating agent (which may be abbreviated to “the fluorination reaction”) may be further defined by reference to one or more reaction conditions.
- One of the reaction conditions may be the relative amounts of the input materials within a reaction mixture (or fed into the reaction mixture), suitably the relative amounts of compound II and electrophilic fluorinating agent. Suitably, the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is greater than or equal to 1:1 (i.e. suitably at least 1 mole electrophilic fluorinating agent per mole of compound II), suitably greater than or equal to 1.1:1, suitably greater than or equal to 1.2:1, suitably greater than or equal to 1.4:1. Suitably, the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is less than or equal to 2:1 (i.e. suitably at most 1 mole electrophilic fluorinating agent per mole of compound II), suitably less than or equal to 1.8:1, suitably less than or equal to 1.6:1, suitably less than or equal to 1.4:1. In a particular embodiment, the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is about 1.25:1 (especially at larger scale). In a particular embodiment, the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is about 1.5:1. Most suitably the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is between 1.2:1 and 1.6:1.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the absolute concentrations of the input materials.
- The concentration of the compound of Formula II in the first input load (and suitably also within the first input reserve) is between 0.01M and 10M, between 1-20 wt %, or between 0.001-1.0 mol %.
- The concentration of the electrophilic fluorinating agent in the second input load (and suitably also within the second input reserve) is suitably between 1-30wt %, or between 1 and 30 mol %, or between 1 and 30% by volume. Suitably the second input load (and second input reserve) is a gas mixture, suitably a mixture of fluorine and nitrogen.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the relative flow rates of the input loads and/or input reserve compositions. Knowing the relative flow rates of, for instance the first and second input loads (compound II and electrophilic fluorinating agent), and also the absolute concentrations of the first input material (compound II) in the first input load and second input material (electrophilic fluorinating agent) in the second input load, allows for the relative amounts (in weight or moles) and also overall absolute molar concentrations of the input materials in a reaction mixture. Knowing the relative amounts of input materials provides an indication of the relative equivalents of each (or stoichiometry), which may be kinetically or thermodynamically influential. Knowing the overall absolute molar concentrations of the input materials in the reaction mixture allows allows for an evalulation of kinetics, since the concentration of the reaction may effect reaction rate and thus the residence time required for the reaction to proceed to a certain point (preferably completion).
- Suitably, flow rates of the first input load and second input load may be given in terms of volumetric flow rate (flow volume per unit time), but also in terms of molar flow rate (moles of relevant input material per unit time). However, their relative flow rates may be given as a ratio. As such, the relative volumetric flow rate may be volumetric flow rate of the first input load divided by volumetric flow rate of the second input load. The relative molar flow rate may be molar flow rate of the first input material divided by molar flow rate of the second input material.
- Suitably, the relative volumetric flow rate of the first input load relative to the second input load (first input load flow rate/second input load flow rate) is between 0.0001 and 0.1, suitably between 0.0005 and 0.01, suitably between 0.001 and 0.005, most suitably about 0.00333333. For instance, where 1M formic acid solution of cytosine (first input load) flows through the continuous flow reactor at a flow rate of 4 mL/hr such that cytosine is fluorinated with a gaseous mixture comprising 10 mol% fluorine in nitrogen (second input load) flowing at a flow rate of 20 mL/min, the relative volumetric flow rate is 0.0033 (i.e. the second input load has a volumetric flow rate approximately 300 times higher than the first input load).
- Suitably, the relative molar flow rate of the first input load (or first input material) relative to the second input load (or second input material) (first input load flow rate/second input load flow rate) is between 0.5 and 1, suitably between 0.6 and 0.9, suitably between 0.625 and 0.83333, suitably about 0.8. For instance, a 1M formic acid solution of cytosine (first input load) flowing at 4 mL/hr equates to 4 mmol/hr, and a gaseous mixture comprising 10 mol % fluorine in nitrogen (second input load) flowing at 20 mL/min equates to 5 mmol/hr. As such, the relative molar flow rate is 0.8 (i.e. the second input material has a molar flow rate approximately 1.25 times higher than the first input material—this equates to a reaction mixture comprising 1.25 moles of second input material per mole of first input material). As such, relative molar flow rates equate to molar ratios, and is thus a very important parameter.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the overall flow rate - i.e. the combined flow rate of both input loads and/or input reserve compositions (or the flow rate of the reaction mixture, which is suitably formed by mixing the first and second input loads). This is perhaps a more important parameter from a chemical engineering point of view, since the overall flow rate generally dictates the residence time required in order to maintain a particular quality of output load/materials. This in turn may effect how the continuous flow reactor is adapted (e.g. the size or internal volume of an internal reactor). This is particular important for scale-up, especially where output rates are desirably increased.
- Like relative flow rates, overall flow rates may be given in terms of overall volumetric flow rate (flow volume of combined input loads per unit time, or flow volume of the reaction mixture per unit time) or overall molar flow rate (combined number of moles of both input materials flowing per unit time).
- Suitably, the overall volumetric flow rate of the first and second loads (first input load flow rate+second input load flow rate) is between 100 mL/hr and 10,000 L/hr, suitably between 500 mL/hr and 10 L/hr, suitably between 1000 mL/hr and 1500 mL/hr, most suitably about 1204 mL/hr.
- Suitably, the overall molar flow rate of the first and second materials (first input material flow rate +second input material flow rate) 9 mmol/hr is between 0.1 mmol/hr and 75 mol/hr, suitably between 1 mmol/hr and 75 mmol/hr, suitably between 5 mmol/hr and 15 mmol/hr, most suitably about 9 mmol/hr.
- However, it will be appreciated that the skilled person may scale-up this continuous flow fluorination process as desired, and thus the overall volumetric and molar flows will change accordingly.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the reactor volume itself, and potentially also the shape of the reactor. As will become apparent, for a given output there is generally a relationship between the reactor volume and overall flow rate. Suitably, all other things being equal, a reactor's output (e.g. the quality of the output load in terms of the distribution of output materials therein) may be kept (substantially) constant if the residence time (discussed below) is kept (substantially) constant. This means, if overall flow rate is increased, the internal reactor volume should also be increased proportionally in order to maintain the same residence time.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the residence time (herein a volumetric residence time) of the reaction mixture (i.e. after the first and second input loads are mixed together). The residence time is a function of the internal volume of a region within the continuous flow reactor during which a reaction between the first and second input materials occurs (which is suitably the internal volume of the or an internal reactor) and the overall volumetric flow rate of the reaction mixture (or combined input loads). Residence time may be summarised as:
-
Residence time (T r)=Internal Reactor Volume (V 1)/Overall Volumetric Flow Rate (F 0); - or
-
T r =V r /F o - wherein Tr is given in units of time, Vr is given in units of volume, and Fo is given in units of volume per unit time.
- The residence time of the reaction mixture (volume of reactor/overall volumetric flow rate of reaction mixture) is suitably between 0.1 seconds and 120 seconds, suitably between 0.5 seconds and 60 seconds, suitably between 1 second and 10 seconds, suitably between 3 and 7 seconds, most suitably about 4.6 seconds.
- However, in certain systems, for instance, where a fluorine gas composition is used as the electrophilic fluorinating agent, one may consider only the residence time of the liquid phase. In such cases, an “overall volumetric flow rate” (Fo) may be replaced in the above equation with the “liquid volumetric flow rate” (Fl) to give the residence time of the liquid. Clearly F1 will generally be much lower than Fo and so residence times will be correspondingly higher. References in the example section to “residence time” refers to the residence time of the liquid phase only, hence the long residence times being quoted.
- As such, suitably any scale-up of the continuous flow reaction would maintain the residence time within this range, all other things being equal.
- Another one of the reaction conditions may be the temperature, or the application of heating or cooling. In some of the methods of the invention, the continuous flow reactor is suitably operated to heat the internal reactor to facilitate the reaction. However, in preferred embodiments, the continuous flow reactor is operated to cool the internal reactor (or at least allow heat exchange to remove excess heat from inside the reactor), especially where the reaction is exothermic.
- Clearly the skilled person will now be capable of adjusting various parmeters to optimise the fluorination reaction for a given compound of Formula II and a given electrophilic fluorinating agent.
- An output from the reaction (or output from the internal reactor) is suitably termed an “output load”. Features and definitions stipulated herein in relation to any particular output load may refer to an output load at any point along a corresponding output flow line (including immediately on exit from an internal reactor) and/or may include a “collected output load” where the relevant outpout load is collected. It will be appreciated, however, that a collected output load may have a different composition than the output load exiting an internal reactor in cases where the output load is modified along the corresponding output flow line (e.g. with quenching, scrubbing etc.) or at the collector point itself (e.g. if a gaseous component is removed and optionally scrubbed). However, the present invention does not exclude where an output load is itself subjected to further manipulation or alteration (e.g. further reactions, whether the same or different from a first reaction in a first internal reactor—a first output load may enter a second internal reactor where it may be treated with one or more additional input materials and thereafter exit as a second output load; or post-reaction treatments such as quenching, scrubbing, etc.) before the final output load is ultimately collected as the collected output load.
- As depicted in
Scheme 1, the output load of the continuous flow reactor may comprise (or the output material(s) may include) a compound of Formula I (the desired product) and a compound of Formula I-imp (a difluorinated contaminant). However, additionally the output load may comprise (or the output material(s) may include) one or more input material(s), depending on the circumstances. For instance, if the electrophililic fluorination reaction is incomplete (e.g. if insufficient equivents of electrophilic fluorinating agent were used, if residence time in the internal reactor was insufficient, if conditions within the internal reactor were inadequate), the output load may comprise (or the output material(s) may include) the compound of Formula II. However, suitably the reaction conditions (e.g. relative amounts of input materials) and reaction parameters (e.g. residence time and shape/dimensions of internal reactor) drive the electrophilic fluorination reaction (substantially) to completion, and thus suitably the output load (and output materials) are (substantially) free of the compound of Formula II. - In a particular embodiment, the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- 100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- 0.1-30 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- 0-10 parts by moles compound of Formula II.
- In a particular embodiment, the output load comprises (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- 100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- 1-20 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- 0.1-5 parts by moles compound of Formula II.
- In a particular embodiment, the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- 100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- 2-10 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- 0.5-2 parts by moles compound of Formula II.
- In a particular embodiment, the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- about 99 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- about 5 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- about 1 parts by moles compound of Formula II;
- which may be alternatively expressed as a molar ratio of 99:5:1 of compound of Formula I, compound of Formula I-imp, and compound of Formula II respectively.
- In a particular embodiment, the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- 100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- 0.1-30 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- In a particular embodiment, the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- 100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- 1-20 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- In a particular embodiment, the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- 100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- 2-10 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- In a particular embodiment, the output load (or the output material(s)—i.e. passing through the output flow line) comprise:
- about 99 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- about 5 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- which may be alternatively expressed as a molar ratio of 99:5 of compound of
- Formula I and compound of Formula I-imp respectively.
- Here we have ignored any gaseous outpout materials, which may in any case be suitably removed from (e.g. or scrubbed out) of the output load of the continuous flow reactor, be it in an internal reactor, at a point downstream from the internal reactor (e.g. along the output flow line(s)), or at the ultimate output load collection point.
- Suitably the above embodiments relate to the collected output load, which is suitably collected within or from the continuous flow reactor in any suitable vessel. In a particular embodiment, the output load is collected in a vessel associated with a scrubber (e.g. soda lime), suitably to “scrub out” excess fluorine gas.
- The components of the output load may be analysed by methods well known in the art or by methods illustrated in the accompanying Examples. For instance, the output load may be examined by NMR (e.g. 1H and/or 19F NMR, hplc, LC-MS, etc.).
- The collected output load (or even an uncollected output load) may be further reacted (suitably as defined herein—e.g. to further transform the compound of Formula I into either another compound of Formula I or a or an alternative pharmaceutical drug substance), either directly without post-reaction processing (e.g. workup, purification, isolation, etc.) or following post-reaction processing.
- In preferred embodiments, the collected output load is isolated and/or purified, either partially or fully, to yield a purified product (whether partial or fully) using techniques well known in the art. Most suitalbly the collected output load is first concentrated in vacuo. The concentrated collected output load is then suitably recrystallised (suitably from water), to produce product crystals (i.e. a compound of Formula I or composition thereof). The product crystals are suitably filtered and dried.
- The purified product suitably comprises the compound of Formula I. The purified product is suitably (substantially) free of the compound of Formula I-imp. The purified product is suitably (substantially) free of the compound of Formula II.
- In a particular embodiment, the purified product comprises:
- 100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- 0-2 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- 0-2 parts by moles compound of Formula II.
- In a particular embodiment, the purified product comprises:
- 100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- 0-1 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- 0-1 parts by moles compound of Formula II.
- In a particular embodiment, the purified product comprises:
- 100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
- 0-0.1 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
- 0-0.1 parts by moles compound of Formula II.
- Suitably the molar yield of the purified product (by reference to the quantity of input material compound of Formula II) is greater than or equal to 40%, suitably greater than or equal to 50%, suitably greater than or equal to 60%.
- The compound of Formula I, whether part of an output load (collected or uncollected), a partially isolated or partially purified output load or product, or a purified product, may itself be a pharmeutical drug substance as defined herein (e.g. especially where cytosine is fluorinated to yield flucytosine, or where relevant moieties have been pre-installed prior to the electrophilic fluorination method of the invention, as may be the case for emtricitabine or capecitabine) or may be further transformed into a or a different pharmaceutical drug substance (e.g. emtricitabine, capecitabine). Further transformation step or steps would be routine to those skilled in the art, particularly in relation to emtricitabine and capecitabine where there exists a body of literature describing their respective syntheses. The skilled person following the teachings outlined in the present disclosure would now find it straightforward to replace fluorination steps in the known syntheses with the electrophiilic fluorination method of the invention.
- As such, the present invention provides a method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, the method comprising:
- manufacturing a compound of Formula I (especially flucytosine), or a salt or solvate thereof, by the method as defined herein;
- optionally thereafter performing one or more further step or steps to produce the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof);
- optionally transforming a synthetic equivalent of the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a salt or solvate thereof) into a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a salt or solvate thereof) via one or more suitable chemical transformations (e.g. deprotections);
- optionally, and if necessary:
- (a) removing any protecting groups present;
- (b) converting the pharmaceutical drug substance into a different pharmaceutical drug substance; and/or
- (c) forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- By way of Example, emtricitabine may be synthesised by preparing flucytosine in accordance with the method of the invention, and thereafter N-coupling flucytosine (or a synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. silylated flucytosine) with the relevant group(s) or compound(s), in this case a lactol (or synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. acetylated lactol). WO 92/14743 illustrates the relevant steps from flucytosine to emtricitabine, whereby flucytosine is nucleophilically activated (by silylation) and reacted with an electrophilically activated lactol (e.g. O-butyryl-protected acetyl-activated lactol) under appropriate conditions (e.g. lewis acidic conditions, e.g. SnCl4) to produce emtricitabine or a protected form thereof (e.g. O-butyryl-protected) which may be finally deprotected (e.g. using basic conditions) to yield emtricitabine. Finally the emtricitabine is suitably resolved and/or a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt formed.
- In an embodiment, the method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance (especially emtricitabine) comprises:
- manufacturing flucytosine, or a salt or solvate thereof, by the method as defined herein;
- N-coupling flucytosine, via an internal ring nitrogen (NH) thereof, with a lactol (2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxathiolan-5-ol) to form a corresponding N-cyclic hemiaminal ether, suitably by reacting flucytosine or a derivative thereof (e.g. O-silylated flucytosine) with a lactol (2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxathiolan-5-ol) or a derivative thereof (e.g. anomerically-activated hemiacetal and/or protected primary alcohol), suitably under acidic or lewis acidic (e.g. SnCl4) conditions;
- and optionally, and if necessary:
- (a) removing any protecting groups present;
- (b) forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- Likewise, capecitabine may be synthesised by preparing flucytosine in accordance with the method of the invention, and thereafter derivatising both derivatisable nitrogen atoms of flucytosine by N-coupling flucytosine (or a synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. again in this case silylated flycytosine is suitable) with the relevant group(s) or compound(s), in this case a lactol (or synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. acetylated lactol). U.S. Pat. No. 5,453,497 illustrates the relevant steps from flucytosine to capecitabine, whereby flucytosine is silylated and then reacted with an electrophilically activated lactol (e.g. O-acetyl-protected acetyl-activated lactol) under appropriate conditions (e.g. lewis acidic conditions, e.g. SnCl4) to produce an intermediate compound which is then suitably further N-coupled (this time upon the free external NH2 moiety) to an appropriate alkyloxycarbonyl group (e.g. n-pentyloxycarbonylchloride) to produce capecitabine or a protected form thereof (e.g. O-acetyl-protected) which may be finally deprotected (e.g. using basic conditions) to yield capecitabine. Finally the capecitabine is suitably resolved and/or a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt formed.
- In an embodiment, the method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance (especially capecitabine) comprises:
- manufacturing flucytosine, or a salt or solvate thereof, by the method as defined herein;
- N-coupling flucytosine (or the corresponding carbamate—see below), via an internal ring nitrogen (NH) thereof, with a lactol (5-methyltetrahydrofuran-2,3,4-triol) to form a corresponding N-cyclic hemiaminal ether, suitably by reacting flucytosine or a derivative thereof (e.g. O-silylated flucytosine) with a lactol ((3R,4S,5R)-5-methyltetrahydrofuran-2,3,4-triol or 5-methyltetrahydrofuran-2,3,4-triol) or a derivative thereof (e.g. anomerically-activated hemiacetal and/or protected alcohols), suitably under acidic or lewis acidic (e.g. SnCl4) conditions;
- N-coupling flucytosine or the N-cyclic hemiaminal ether, via an external nitrogen (NH2) thereof, to a n-pentoxycarbonyl group to form a corresponding carbamate, suitably by reacting flucytosine (or a derivative thereof) or the N-cyclic hemiaminal ether with n-pentoxycarbonic acid or a synthetic or activated derivative thereof (e.g. n-pentoxycarbonylchloride or n-pentanol in conjunction with the corresponding isocyanate of flucytosine or the N-cyclic hemiaminal ether);
- and optionally, and if necessary:
- (a) removing any protecting groups present;
- (b) forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- As such, the present invention provides a method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) as defined herein, optionally involving performing one or more further step or steps after the electrophilic fluorination reaction to produce the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof), suitably coupling steps and optional deprotection steps. Such pharmaceutical drug substances suitably comprise a core or derivative of the compound of Formula I.
- In a particular embodiment, the compound of Formula I is flucytosine or a salt or solvate thereof, the compound of Formula II is cytosine (suitably provided as a first input load comprising a solution of cytosine, suitably an organic acid solution thereof), the electrophilic fluorinating agent is fluorine (suitably provided as a second input load comprising fluorine and nitrogen); wherein the cytosine and fluorine are provided to the reaction mixture so that the initial molar ratio of fluorine to cytosine is between 1.2:1 and 1.6:1 (suitably a relative molar flow rate of cytosine to fluorine between 0.625 and 0.833330); wherein the residence time of the reaction mixture is suitably between 1 second and 10 seconds.
- In a particular embodiment, flucytosine (or salt or solvate thereof) formed by the method of the invention may be or otherwise be transformed into a pharmaceutical drug substance (or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof). The pharmaceutical drug substance is suitably selected from emtricitabine and capecitabine, and suitably transforming flucytosine (or salt or solvate thereof) into emtricitabine or capecitabine (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof) may involve performing one or more transformation steps. The one or more transformation steps may involve N-coupling flucytosine (or a synthetic equivalent thereof—e.g. a silylated derivative of flucytosine) with the relevant group or groups or with the relevant compound or compounds (e.g. activated lactol and optionally also an activated alkylcarbonic acid) and optionally thereafter, and where necessary, performing a deprotection and/or resolution to afford the desired pharmaceutical drug substance(s).
- The novel fluorination methods of the invention can significantly improve the manufacturing process of the relevant pharmaceutical drug substance(s) and suitably improves the quality of the pharmaceutical drug substance(s).
- The invention provides formulations comprising a pharmaceutical drug substance (or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof) as defined herein formulated for pharmaceutical use and optionally further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient and/or carrier.
- The invention therefore includes pharmaceutical formulations which may include, in addition to active ingredient, a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient and/or carrier. Such formulations may be used in the methods of the disclosure. Additionally or alternatively, pharmaceutical formulations may include a buffer, stabiliser and/or other material well known to those skilled in the art. Such materials should be non-toxic and should not interfere with the efficacy of the active ingredient. The precise nature of the carrier or other material will depend on the route of administration, which may be any suitable route, for example by a parenteral route and particularly by infusion or injection (with or without a needle). The route of administration may be subcutaneous injection. The route of administration may be intravenous injection or infusion. Other routes of administration which may be used include administration by inhalation or intranasal administration.
- Compositions are provided that include one or more of the actives that are disclosed herein in a carrier. The compositions can be prepared in unit dosage form for administration to a subject. The amount and timing of administration are at the discretion of the treating physician to achieve the desired purposes. The active may be formulated for systemic or local administration. In one example, the active formulated for parenteral administration, such as subcutaneous or intravenous administration.
- For parenteral administration, the active can be formulated as a solution, suspension, emulsion or lyophilized powder in association, or separately provided, with a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral vehicle. Examples of such vehicles are water, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, and 1-10% human serum albumin. Liposomes and nonaqueous vehicles such as fixed oils can also be used. The vehicle or lyophilized powder can contain additives that maintain isotonicity (e.g., sodium chloride, mannitol) and chemical stability (e.g., buffers and preservatives). The formulation is sterilised, e.g. by known or suitable techniques.
- Formulations for parenteral administration can contain as common excipients sterile water or saline, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, hydrogenated naphthalenes and the like. Aqueous or oily suspensions for injection can be prepared by using an appropriate emulsifier or humidifier and a suspending agent, according to known methods. Vehicles for injection can be a non-toxic diluting agent such as aqueous solution or a sterile injectable liquid. As the usable vehicle or solvent, water, Ringer's solution, isotonic saline, etc. are allowed; as a solvent or suspending liquid, a sterile non-volatile oil can be used. For these purposes, any kind of non-volatile oil may be used, including natural or synthetic or semisynthetic fatty oils or fatty acids; natural or synthetic or semisynthetic mono- or di- or tri-glycerides.
- The compositions for administration, therefore, can include a solution of the active dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an aqueous carrier. A variety of aqueous carriers can be used, e.g., buffered saline. These solutions are sterile and generally free of undesirable matter. These compositions may be sterilised by conventional, well known sterilisation techniques. The compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, toxicity adjusting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride and/or sodium lactate. The concentration of active in these formulations can vary widely, and may be selected based on fluid volumes, viscosities and/or body weight in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected and the subject's needs.
- A typical pharmaceutical composition for intravenous or subcutaneous administration includes about 0.1 to 10 mg of active per subject per day. Actual methods for preparing administrable compositions, whether for intravenous or subcutaneous administration or otherwise, will be known or apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in more detail in such publications as Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 19th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa. (1995).
- The active may be provided in lyophilised form and rehydrated, e.g. with sterile water or saline, before administration, although actives may be provided in sterile solutions of known concentration. The active solution may then be added to an infusion bag containing 0.9% sodium chloride, USP, and typically administered at a dosage of from 0.5 to 15 mg/kg of body weight.
- Amounts effective for therapeutic use, which may be a prophylactic use, will depend upon the severity of the disease and the general state of the patient's health. A therapeutically effective amount of the active is that which provides either subjective relief of a symptom(s) or an objectively identifiable improvement as noted by the clinician or other qualified observer.
- An active of the disclosure may be administered in conjunction with another active agent, whether simultaneously, separately or sequentially. The other active agent may be a second active agent of the invention or an active agent falling outside the invention.
- Single or multiple administrations of the formulations of the disclosure are administered depending on the dosage and frequency as required and tolerated by the patient. In any event, the composition should provide a sufficient quantity of at least one of the actives disclosed herein to effectively treat the patient, bearing in mind though that it may not be possible to achieve effective treatment in every instance. The dosage can be administered once but may be applied periodically until either a therapeutic result is achieved or until side effects warrant discontinuation of treatment. The dose may be sufficient to treat or ameliorate symptoms or signs of disease without producing unacceptable toxicity to the patient.
- Controlled release parenteral formulations can be made as implants, oily injections, or as particulate systems. For a broad overview of protein delivery systems see, Banga, A. J., Therapeutic Peptides and Proteins: Formulation, Processing, and Delivery Systems, Technomic Publishing Company, Inc., Lancaster, Pa., (1995) incorporated herein by reference. Particulate systems include microspheres, microparticles, microcapsules, nanocapsules, nanospheres, and nanoparticles. Microcapsules contain the therapeutic protein as a core. In microspheres the therapeutic is dispersed throughout the particle. Particles, microspheres, and microcapsules smaller than about 1 μm are generally referred to as nanoparticles, nanospheres, and nanocapsules, respectively. Capillaries have a diameter of approximately 5 μm so that only nanoparticles are administered intravenously. Microparticles are typically around 100 μm in diameter and are administered subcutaneously or intramuscularly. See, e.g., Kreuter, J., Colloidal Drug Delivery Systems, J. Kreuter, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., pp. 219-342 (1994); and Tice & Tabibi, Treatise on Controlled Drug Delivery, A. Kydonieus, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York, N.Y., pp. 315-339, (1992) both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- Polymers can be used for ion-controlled release of the active agents disclosed herein. Various degradable and nondegradable polymeric matrices for use in controlled drug delivery are known in the art (Langer, Accounts Chem. Res. 26:537-542, 1993). For example, the block copolymer, polaxamer 407, exists as a viscous yet mobile liquid at low temperatures but forms a semisolid gel at body temperature. It has been shown to be an effective vehicle for formulation and sustained delivery of recombinant interleukin-2 and urease (Johnston et al., Pharm. Res. 9:425-434, 1992; and Pec et al., J. Parent. Sci. Tech. 44(2):58-65, 1990). Alternatively, hydroxyapatite has been used as a microcarrier for controlled release of proteins (Ijntema et al., Int. J. Pharm. 112:215-224, 1994). In yet another aspect, liposomes are used for controlled release as well as drug targeting of the lipid-capsulated drug (Betageri et al., Liposome Drug Delivery Systems, Technomic Publishing Co., Inc., Lancaster, Pa. (1993)). Numerous additional systems for controlled delivery of therapeutic proteins are known (see U.S. Pat. No.
- 5,055,303; U.S. Pat. No. 5,188,837; U.S. Pat. No. 4,235,871; U.S. Pat. No. 4,501,728; U.S. Pat. No. 4,837,028; U.S. Pat. No. 4,957,735; U.S. Pat. No. 5,019,369; U.S. Pat. No. 5,055,303; U.S. Pat. No. 5,514,670; U.S. Pat. No. 5,413,797; U.S. Pat. No. 5,268,164; U.S. Pat. No. 5,004,697; U.S. Pat. No. 4,902,505; U.S. Pat. No. 5,506,206; U.S. Pat. No. 5,271,961; U.S. Pat. No. 5,254,342 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,534,496).
- The actives may be administered orally. An active may be administered orally in a liquid dosage form or a solid dosage form. Examples of solid dosage forms are tablets, capsules, granules, powders, beads and microcapsules. An active agent of the disclosure, with or without at least one additional therapeutic agents, that is administered in a solid dosage may be formulated with or without those carriers customarily used in the compounding of solid dosage forms such as tablets and capsules. A solid oral dosage form may be designed to release the active portion of the formulation at the point in the gastrointestinal tract where bioavailability is maximized and pre-systemic degradation is minimized. At least one additional agent may be included to facilitate absorption of an active of the disclosure and/or any additional therapeutic agents. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is typically mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as lactose, sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or one or more: a) fillers or extenders for example starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol and silicic acid; b) binders for example carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose and acacia; c) humectants for example glycerol; d) disintegrating agents for example agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates and sodium carbonate; e) solution retarding agents for example paraffin; f) absorption accelerators for example quaternary ammonium compounds; g) wetting agents for example cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; h) absorbents for example kaolin and bentonite clay and i) lubricants for example talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate and mixtures thereof. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or high molecular weight polyethylene glycol, for example.
- The compounds of the invention or pharmaceutical composition comprising the active compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (ie., at the site of desired action).
- Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g, by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, infraarterlal, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular, intraarticular, subarachnoid, and intrasternal; by implant of a depot or reservoir, for example, subcutaneously or intramuscularly.
- The present invention is now illustrated by way of the following non-limiting examples, and supported by the data herein disclosed.
- The following materials used in the Examples outlined herein were obtained from Sigma-Aldrich.
-
Name CAS number Cyanoacetaldehyde dimethyl 57597-62-3 acetal Cyanoacetaldehyde diethyl 2032-34-0 acetal Bromoacetaldehyde diethyl 2032-35-1 acetal Chloroacetaldehyde diethyl 621-62-5 acetal Cytosine 71-30-7 Uracil 66-22-8 5-Fluorocytosine 2022-85-7 5-Fluorouracil 51-21-8 Urea 57-13-6 - Proton, fluorine and carbon nuclear magnetic resonance spectra (1H, 19F and 13C NMR) were obtained from a
Bruker 400 Ultrashield spectrometer (1H NMR at 400 MHz, 19F NMR at 376 MHz and 13C NMR at 101 MHz) using residual solvent peaks as the internal standard (1H NMR; CHCl3 at 7.26 ppm, 19F NMR; CFCl3 at 0.00 ppm and 13C NMR; CDCl3 at 77.16 ppm). NMR spectroscopic data are reported as follows: chemical shift (ppm), integration, multiplicity (s=singlet, d=doublet, t=triplet, q=quartet, m=multiplet), coupling constant (Hz) and assignment. - Accurate mass analysis was performed on a Xevo QtoF mass spectrometer (Waters Ltd, UK) with an accurate solids analysis probe (ASAP). Melting point data was obtained using a Gallenkamp apparatus at atmospheric pressure and are uncorrected. Infra-red (IR) spectroscopy was performed on a Perkin Elmer 1600 Series FTIR with an ATR probe.
- Cytosine (1.11 g, 10 mmol) was dissolved in formic acid and was kept at 20° C. in a water bath. Fluorine (10% in N2) was introduced to the vigorously stirred solution at 25 mL/min (7.5 mmol/h). After introducing the desired quantity of fluorine, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was recrystallized from water (10 mL). The formed crystalline product was filtered and analysed using 1H and 19F NMR spectroscopy.
- A 1 M stock solution of cytosine in formic acid was prepared and used for fluorinations. The solution was introduced to the microreactor at 2 mL/h (2 mmol/h) while the flow of fluorine was set according to Table 3. Fractions were collected for 120 minutes, the solvent was evaporated and the product was recrystallized from water (5 mL). The product was filtered, dried in vacuo and analysed using 1H and 19F NMR spectroscopy.
- 1 M cytosine solution was introduced at 2 mL/h while fluorine (10% in N2) was introduced at 15 mL/min (3.75 mmol/h). The reaction was conducted for 12 minutes, the collected fraction was evaporated and recrystallised from water (4 mL). The crystallised product was filtered and dried to afford tan crystals of 5-fluorocytosine (0.27 g, 52% yield, 99% purity).
- 1.0 M cytosine solution in formic acid was introduced at 4.0 mL/h (4.0 mmol/h) while fluorine (10% in N2) was introduced at 20 mL/min (5 mmol/h). The reaction was conducted for 90 minutes, the collected fraction was evaporated and the residue was recrystallized from water (7 mL). After filtration, the product was dried under reduced pressure to afford 5-fluorocytosine (0.49 g, 63% yield) as a tan powder. M.p.: 295-300° C. (decomposes), ([M]+129.0337, [M]+requires: 129.0338); IR (cm−1): 3384, 3092, 2724, 1665, 1624, 1551, 1454, 1216; 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O+DCI) 7.83; (1H, d, 3JHF 4.8 Hz); 19F NMR (400 MHz, D2O+DCI) −169.7; (1F, d, 3JHF 4.8 Hz); 13C NMR (100 MHz, D2O+DCl): 130.67; (d, 2JCF 29.6 Hz), 135.25; (d, 1JCF 232 Hz), 147.88, 153.65; (d, 2JCF 23.4 Hz); MS (ASAP): 111; (37%, [M+H−F]+), 129; (8%, [M]+), 130; (100%, [M+H]+).
- The inventors pursued a 3 step strategy involving the synthesis of cytosine from commodity chemicals and subsequent direct fluorination, and assessed this shortened synthetic route for suitability for scale-up and green metrics.
- The first step involves bromoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal reacting with sodium cyanide in DMSO, to afford the desired product in 80% yield after distillation, which was reported in the literature (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1975, 97, 7152-7157 (80% yield, NaCN, DMSO); J. Org. Chem. 1945, 10, 76-85 (low yield); Just. Leib. Ann. Chem. 1978, 1946-1962). This reaction uses very concentrated conditions for the reaction, which is promising for scale-up.
- The second step describes how cytosine is obtained by condensation of urea and cyanoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal in good yield using toluene or xylenes as solvent. This step has also been previous reported (U.S. Pat. No. 5,026,852).
- Step 3 was key to the inventors' investigations. A number of methods for the fluorination of cytosine are disclosed in the literature, but most are obsolete due to their use of reagents that are no longer available (CF3OF) (J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Comm. 1972, 18). Direct fluorination of cytosine has been mentioned elsewhere in the literature, but the only procedure for direct fluorination where the product was isolated uses anhydrous hydrogen fluoride as solvent at −50° C. which makes this process very hazardous and difficult to handle (Eur. Pat. Appl. 63352, 1982). In another publication [18F]F2 was used by Visser et al. to examine the mechanism of direct fluorination of cytosine in acetic acid with radiolabelled 18F—fluorine. The formation of Flucytosine was observed in low (20-25%) radiochemical yield along with various other fluorinated heterocycles (J. Chem. Soc. Perkin 1., 1988, 1203; J. Org. Chem. 1986, 1466).
-
- By a literature process, cyanoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal is efficiently prepared from bromoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal and sodium cyanide (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1975, 97, 7152-7157). The reaction was conducted in dimethyl sulfoxide at 80° C. than worked up by quenching with water and extracting the product with ether. After washing the ether extracts multiple times with brine, the product was isolated in 80% yield after a vacuum distillation. This reaction demonstrates that this strategy is potentially viable.
- The literature synthesis (U.S. Pat. No. 5,026,852) of cytosine was repeated at Durham on 0.1 mol (11 g) scale and after recrystallisation, pure cytosine was obtained in 57% yield.
- In this reaction, cyanoacetaldehyde diethyl acetal was added to the refluxing mixture of urea and sodium ethoxide in m-xylene over an hour using a dropping funnel. After refluxing for three hours, ethanol was distilled from the mixture, the mixture cooled to room temperature and water was added to dissolve the cytosine sodium salt. After separating the phases, the aqueous phase was neutralised with one equivalent of acetic acid and the residue was allowed to crystallise. The crystalline product was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure. The cytosine obtained this way was sufficiently pure for further use in fluorination reactions. Without recrystallization, the product has a yellow colour, but no significant impurities (>1%) were detected by 1H NMR spectroscopy (
FIG. 7 ). -
FIG. 1 shows a 1H NMR of crude non-recrystallised cytosine. - In another batch, where mechanical stirring was used on 20 g scale, the crude product was obtained in 89% yield. In the original publication the solvent (xylenes) was recycled in a next batch without any treatment which resulted in slightly improved yield. An alternative, greener solvent p-cymene, derived from natural product limonene, was examined and cytosine was obtained in 67% unoptimised yield. With optimisation and intensification, this reaction can become a green process. Clearly an industrially based process development department would be able to improve on the yield given sufficient investment.
- It was found that cytosine was soluble in formic acid, a preferred medium for direct fluorination due to enhanced reaction control, and the most concentrated solution prepared so far was 160 g/L (1.45 M) and promising for future process intensification.
- Batch fluorinations were conducted in our standard 100 mL fluorination reactor. Cytosine was dissolved in formic acid in the batch reactor and was fluorinated with 10% fluorine in nitrogen at 40 mL/min (10 mmol/h). The reaction at room temperature with 10% fluorine in nitrogen yields a crude mixture that contains mainly the desired product (approx. 50% by 19F NMR spectroscopy, δ-170 ppm, doublet) and one major difluorinated side product (δ-114 (dd, 2JFF 279 Hz, 3JHF 6 Hz)-131 ppm (dd, 2JFF 279 Hz, 3JHF 3 Hz)) along with several other side products (
FIG. 2 ). -
FIG. 2 shows a crude 19F NMR of product mixture recovered after batch fluorination. - The difluorinated side product IV has been suggested in the literature before, but no 19F NMR data is available. The two fluorine atoms are not equivalent, hence the large F-F coupling and the difference between the H-F couplings.
- Table 2 demonstrates the conversion of cytosine at increasing amounts of fluorine. As the excess of fluorine increases so does the amount of the difluorinated side product.
- Recrystallization efficiently removes all difluorinated organic impurities, but the separation of unreacted starting material from the desired flucytosine product is very difficult. Therefore, the reaction has to be run to 100% conversion. In this case, after recrystallization from water, the desired monofluorinated product can be isolated as the only fluorinated product (
FIGS. 3 and 4 ). After all starting material was consumed, Flucytosine was isolated in 38% yield after a crystallisation from water. Based on 19F NMR spectroscopic experiments, the recovery of 5-fluorocytosine from the aqueous recrystallization is excellent, as the liquor only contains trace amounts of the desired product. -
FIG. 3 shows an 1H NMR of flucytosine synthesised by batch fluorination. -
FIG. 4 shows an 19F NMR of flucytosine synthesised by batch fluorination. - In conclusion, these preliminary findings demonstrate that batch fluorination processes can be used to synthesise Flucytosine in good yield although the formation of significant quantities of difluorinated product leads to considerable waste. The use of continuous flow reactors may lead to different product profiles and fluorination of cytosine in various flow reactor systems were studied as described below.
- The single channel microreactor was developed in our laboratory for selective fluorination using elemental fluorine (
FIG. 5 ). The reactor is built from a nickel or stainless steel plate having a 0.5 mm deep and 0.5 mm wide channel which is covered with a transparent fluoropolymer (poly(chlorotrifluoroethylene)) and a stainless steel plate. The reactor is also equipped with heat exchanger channels to enable efficient cooling if needed. The solution of the substrate in an appropriate solvent is introduced via a syringe pump, while fluorine gas is introduced via a mass-flow controller. The mixture from the reactor is collected in a round bottomed flask connected to a soda lime scrubber that is used to neutralise excess fluorine. -
FIG. 5 shows a schematic representation of the single channel microreactor used in continuous flow fluorination of cytosine. - Using the continuous flow microreactor system, cytosine was fluorinated with 10% fluorine gas in nitrogen. Screening of fluorine to cytosine flows shows that 1.5 equivalents of fluorine gas result in full conversion of cytosine and pure Flucytosine is obtained in much better yield than analogous reactions in batch. The reactions were run for approximately two hours (2 mmol/h cytosine flow), the solvent evaporated and the crude product recrystallized from 4 mL of water and the final product composition was determined by 1H and 19F NMR spectroscopy.
-
TABLE 2 Continuous flow fluorination of cytosine. Crude product Cytosine flow Fluorine flow II.:III.:IV. Crystallised product (1M in (10% in N2), (1H and II.:III. HCOOH) eq. 19F NMR) (1H NMR) Yield (g, %) 2 mL/ h 8 mL/min (2.0 1:10:1 1:9 0.32 g, 62% (2 mmol/h) mmol/h), 1.0 2 mL/ h 10 mL/min (2.5 1:17:1.5 1:14 0.31 g, 61% (2 mmol/h) mmol/h) 1.5 2 mL/h 12 mL/min (3.0 1:89:9* >99% 0.27 g, 52% (2 mmol/h) mmol/h) 1.75 pure III. *Some other unidentified fluorinated side products also observed. - The 1H NMR spectrum of one the crude products for all reactions showed that there is a significantly smaller amount of difluorinated side product (IV.) in the mixture, which clearly demonstrates the advantage of flow systems over batch reactions due to decreased contact time between F2 and reaction mixture.
- Despite having several multi-channel reactors that were developed for fluorinations, scaling up in microreactors can be challenging. Rather than multiplying the number of channels, increasing the diameter and the volume of the reactor could offer another, simpler option for scaling up. When the reaction was performed in a standard, coiled 1 m long stainless steel tube (1.4 mm ID) similar isolated yield (63%) and complete conversion of the starting material was observed at 4 mmol/h rate. The better conversion and lower fluorine excess can possibly be explained by the significantly longer residence time of the two reactors (approx. 5 minutes vs. 10-15 seconds). It should be noted that these residence times relate to the liquid phase residence time (i.e. cytosine in acid). The gas and liquid phases are substantially immiscilble.
-
TABLE 3 Fluorination of cytosine in the stainless steel tube reactor. Crude product Cytosine flow Fluorine flow II.:III.:IV. Crystallised product (1 M in (10% in N2), (1H and II.:III. HCOOH) eq. 19F NMR) (1H NMR) Yield (g, %) 4 mL/h 16 mL/min (4.0 1:19.5:1.5 1:17.5 0.51 g, 66% (4 mmol/h) mmol/h), 1.0 4 mL/h 18 mL/min (4.5 1:71:5 1:79 0.50 g, 64% (4 mmol/h) mmol/h) 1.12 4 mL/h 20 mL/min (5.0 1:99:3 >99% 0.46 g, 59% (4 mmol/h) mmol/h) 1.25 pure III. 4 mL/h 20 mL/min (5.0 1:99:5 >99% 0.49 g, 63% (4 mmol/h)* mmol/h) 1.25 pure III. *HPLC pump used instead of syringe pump. -
FIG. 6 is an 1H NMR spectrum of crude product mixture from fluorination of cytosine using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus showing presence of difluorinated side product. -
FIG. 7 is an 19F NMR spectrum of crude product mixture from fluorination of cytosine using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus showing presence of difluorinated side product. -
FIG. 8 is an 1H NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus. -
FIG. 9 is an 19F NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus. -
FIG. 10 is a 13C NMR spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus. -
FIG. 11 is an infra-red spectrum of pure Fluorcytosine synthesised using stainless steel tube continuous flow apparatus. -
FIG. 12 is an SDBS IR library spectrum of fluorcytosine for comparison. - Using our initial data, obtained from relatively small scale processes, we were able to compute PMI metrics for comparison with established Flucytosine synthesis from 5-fluorouracil. Data for both the synthesis and fluorination of cytosine is presented in Table 4.
-
TABLE 4 PMI metrics of the Durham/IMI process. Fluorination (tube Step Name/Number Cytosine reactor) Mass Substrate (g) 44.22 0.66 Mass Reagents (g) 30.73 0.28 Mass Solvents (g) 60.00 5.40 Mass Aqueous (g) 70.00 7.00 Step PMI 10.35 27.22 Step PMI Substrate, 6.81 12.94 Reagents, Solvents StepPMI Substrates and Reagents 3.78 1.92 Step PMI Solvents 3.03 11.02 Step PMI Water 3.53 14.29 Cumulative PMI 10.35 39.81 Cumulative PMI Substrate, 6.81 20.77 Reagents, Solvents Cumulative PMI Substrates and 3.78 5.67 Reagents Cumulative PMI Solvents 3.03 15.10 Cumulative PMI Water 3.53 19.05 - The process metrics look promising, considering that only initial small scale reactions have been carried out and we can reasonably expect better yields and product recovery on scale up. The PMI for these two steps is ca. 40 as compared to 87 for the three step synthesis from 5FU. The biggest waste source is water (48% of PMI), as the first step involved a precipitation from aqueous solution and after fluorination the product is purified by recrystallisation from water (approx. 10 mL/g).
- The use of organic solvents is not excessive and both solvents can be recycled. Realistically, the optimisation of water and solvent consumption should further decrease the cumulative PMI and as recovered/reused solvents can be subtracted from the overall values.
- The methods of the invention provide significant advantages over the prior art, including:
- A maximum of 3 steps from commodity chemicals
- all chemicals are inexpensive
- potential applications to flow processes (fluorination stage), minimising losses of valuable fluorinated material in a multi-step process
- fluorination occurs in the final step (late-stage)
- solvents, reaction conditions and waste are more environmentally benign
- scale-up commercially attractive given high volume and value of Flucytosine for various drug packages
Claims (31)
1. A method of manufacturing a compound of Formula I, or a salt or solvate thereof:
the method comprising reacting a compound of Formula II (or a salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof):
with an electrophilic fluorinating agent;
wherein:
X is NRx, O, or S; wherein Rx is hydrogen or is independently selected from any RN group;
Y is O, S, or NRy; wherein Ry is hydrogen or is independently selected from any RN group;
R1 is hydrogen or is independently selected from any Rs group, though most suitably R1 is an electron donating group (EDG), most suitably an EDG selected from NR1aR1b or OR1a, wherein R1a and R1b are each independently selected from hydrogen or any RN group;
R2 hydrogen or is independently selected from any Rs group;
each RN group is independently selected from (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, aryl, aryl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkenyl, (3-8C)cycloalkenyl-(1-6C)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(1-6C)alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl, formyl, carboxy, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, N-(1-6C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl; wherein each RN group is optionally independently substituted with one or more Rs groups;
each Rs group is independently selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, isocyano, nitro, hydroxy, mercapto, amino, formyl, carboxy, carbamoyl, ureido, (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyloxy,N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, (3-6C)alkenoylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(3-6C)alkenoylamino, (3-6C)alkynoylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(3-6C)alkynoylamino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino, N′-(1-6C)alkylureido, N′,N′-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]ureido, N-(1-6C)alkylureido, N,N′-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]ureido, N,N′,N′-tri-[(1-6C)alkyl]ureido,N-(1-6C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, or from a group of the formula:
L1—Q1
L1—Q1
wherein L1 is a direct bond or is selected from (CRL1RL2)n, O, S, SO, SO2, N(RL1), CO, CRL1(RL2), CON(RL1), N(RL1)CO, N(RL1)C(O)O, N(RL1)CON(RL2), SO2N(RL1), N(RL1)SO2, OC(RL1)2, SC(RL1)2 and N(RL1)C(RL2)2, wherein n is an integer between 1 and 3, and wherein RL1 and RL2 are each independently hydrogen or (1-8C)alkyl; and Q1 is (1-8C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, aryl, aryl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkenyl, (3-8C)cycloalkenyl-(1-6C)alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-(1-6C)alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl;
and wherein any Rs group is independently optionally further substituted by one or more Rs groups;
optionally thereafter transforming a synthetic equivalent of the compound of Formula I (or a salt or solvate thereof) into a compound of Formula I (or a salt or solvate thereof) via one or more chemical transformations;
optionally, and if necessary:
(a) removing any protecting groups present;
(b) converting the compound Formula I into another compound of Formula I; and/or
(c) forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein the reaction between the compound of Formula II and the electrophilic fluorinating agent is performed in a continuous flow reactor.
2. The method as claimed in claim 1 , wherein the continuous flow reactor is operated to continuously mix a first input load comprising the compound of Formula II (the first input material) with a second input load comprising the electrophilic fluorinating agent (the second input material) to form a reaction mixture.
3. The method as claimed in claim 2 , wherein the respective input materials are mixed together in pre-determined relative quantities, at pre-determinated relative rates, and allowed or caused to react together for a pre-determined time period.
4. The method as claimed in any of claim 2 or 3 , wherein the continuous flow reactor includes:
a first input flow line for carrying the first input load;
a second input flow line for carrying the second input load,
a junction at which the first and second input flow lines converge and at which the first and second input loads mix to form the reaction mixture;
an internal reactor, through which the reaction mixture is configured to flow, located at or downstream from the first junction; and
a first output flow line for carrying an output load from the internal reactor;
wherein the continuous flow reactor is operated to feed the reaction mixture through the internal reactor.
5. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein X is NRx; wherein Rx is hydrogen or is a 5-membered heterocyclyl group optionally substituted with one or more hydroxyl, (1-3C)alkyl, or (1-3C)alkyl substituted with hydroxyl, wherein where Rx is other than hydrogen, Rx forms a hemiaminal ether (or glycosidic) linkage with the nitrogen atom to which it is attached.
6. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein R1 is independently selected from NR1aR1b or (1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino, wherein R1a and R1b are each independently selected from hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl.
7. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein R2 hydrogen.
8. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein each Rs group is independently selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, isocyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, formyl, carboxy, carbamoyl, ureido, (1-8C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonylamino; wherein any Rs group is independently optionally further substituted by one or more Rs groups as defined in this or any preceding claim.
9. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein where Rs is substituted with one or more further Rs groups, suitably said further Rs groups are selected from hydroxy, (1-8C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-8C)alkyl, (1-3C)alkoxy-(1-8C)alkyl, or (1-6C)alkoxy.
10. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein the compounds of Formula II and Formula I, and a potential impurity compound of Formula I-imp are respectively defined by the structural Formulae IIb, Ib, and Ib-imp shown below:
12. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from flucytosine, emtricitabine, or capecitabine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof.
13. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein the electrophilic fluorinating agent is fluorine gas, optionally provided as an electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition (i.e. corresponding to a second input load) comprising fluorine and optionally one or more carrier gases.
14. The method as claimed in claim 13 , wherein the electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition comprises between 1 and 30% fluorine.
15. The method as claimed in claim 14 , wherein the electrophilic fluorinating gaseous composition consists essentially of 5 to 15% fluorine and 85 to 95% nitrogen.
16. The method as claimed in any of claims 2 to 15 , wherein the first input load comprises the compound of Formula II and a diluent system, wherein the diluent system suitably comprises an acid having a pKa greater than or equal to 3.17.
17. The method as claimed in claim 16 , wherein the diluents system comprises or consists essentially of formic acid.
18. The method as claimed in any of claims 16 to 17 , wherein the first input load comprises the compound of Formula II at a concentration between 0.5M to 1.5M.
19. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein the molar ratio of electrophilic fluorinating agent to compound II is between 1.2:1 and 1.6:1.
20. The method as claimed in any of claims 2 to 19 , wherein the volumetric residence time of the reaction mixture is between 1 second and 10 seconds, where the residence time is calculated as:
where Tr is the residence time given in units of time, Vr is the internal volume of a region within the continuous flow reactor during which a reaction between the first and second input materials occurs (i.e. internal volume of an internal reactor) given in units of volume, and F0 is overall volumetric flow rate given in units of volume per unit time.
21. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein the output load comprises:
100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
1-20 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
0.1-5 parts by moles compound of Formula II.
22. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein the output load comprises:
100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
2-10 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
23. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein the output load is collected as the “collected output load”, which is then isolated and/or purified, either partially or fully, to yield a purified product comprising:
100 parts by moles compound of Formula I
0-2 parts by moles compound of Formula I-imp
0-2 parts by moles compound of Formula II.
24. The method as claimed in any preceding claim, wherein the molar yield of the purified product (by reference to the quantity of input material compound of Formula II) is greater than or equal to 60%.
25. A method of manufacturing a pharmaceutical drug substance, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, the method comprising:
manufacturing a compound of Formula I, or a salt or solvate thereof, by the method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 24 ;
optionally thereafter performing one or more further step or steps to produce the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof);
optionally transforming a synthetic equivalent of the pharmaceutical drug substance (or a salt or solvate thereof) into another pharmaceutical drug substance (or a salt or solvate thereof) via one or more suitable chemical transformations (e.g. deprotections);
optionally, and if necessary:
(a) removing any protecting groups present;
(b) converting the pharmaceutical drug substance into a different pharmaceutical drug substance; and/or
(c) forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
26. The method as claimed in claim 25 , wherein the pharmaceutical drug substance is selected from flucytosine, emtricitabine, capecitabine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
27. The method as claimed in claim 26 , wherein the method comprises:
manufacturing flucytosine, or a salt or solvate thereof, by the method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 24 ;
N-coupling flucytosine, via an internal ring nitrogen (NH) thereof, with 2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxathiolan-5-ol to form a corresponding N-cyclic hemiaminal ether, by reacting flucytosine or a derivative thereof with 2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxathiolan-5-ol or a derivative thereof;
and optionally, and if necessary:
(a) removing any protecting groups present;
(b) forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
28. The method as claimed in claim 26 , wherein the method comprises:
manufacturing flucytosine, or a salt or solvate thereof, by the method as claimed in any of claims 1 to 24 ;
N-coupling flucytosine, via an internal ring nitrogen (NH) thereof, with 5-methyltetrahydrofuran-2,3,4-triol to form a corresponding N-cyclic hemiaminal ether, by reacting flucytosine or a derivative thereof with 5-methyltetrahydrofuran-2,3,4-triol or a derivative thereof;
N-coupling the N-cyclic hemiaminal ether, via an external nitrogen (NH2) thereof, to a n-pentoxycarbonyl group to form a corresponding carbamate, by reacting the N-cyclic hemiaminal ether with n-pentoxycarbonic acid or a synthetic derivative or activated derivative thereof;
and optionally, and if necessary:
(a) removing any protecting groups present;
(b) forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
29. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof) obtained by the method of any of claims 25 to 28 , and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
30. A pharmaceutical drug substance (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or synthetic equivalent thereof) obtained by the method of any of claims 25 to 28 , or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 29 for use in therapy.
31. A method, compound, pharmaceutical drug substance, pharmaceutical composition, or any of the aforementioned for use in therapy, substantially as hereinbefore described with reference to the accompanying Examples.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
GBGB1415317.5A GB201415317D0 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2014-08-29 | Process for producing fluorocytosine and fluorocytosine derivatives |
GB1415317.5 | 2014-08-29 | ||
PCT/GB2015/052342 WO2016030662A1 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2015-08-13 | Process for producing fluorocytosine and fluorocytosine derivatives |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/GB2015/052342 A-371-Of-International WO2016030662A1 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2015-08-13 | Process for producing fluorocytosine and fluorocytosine derivatives |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/544,067 Continuation US10995075B2 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2019-08-19 | Process for producing fluorocytosine and fluorocytosine derivatives |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20170298028A1 true US20170298028A1 (en) | 2017-10-19 |
Family
ID=51752332
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/507,342 Abandoned US20170298028A1 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2015-08-13 | Process for Producing Fluorocytosine and Fluorocytosine Derivatives |
US16/544,067 Expired - Fee Related US10995075B2 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2019-08-19 | Process for producing fluorocytosine and fluorocytosine derivatives |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/544,067 Expired - Fee Related US10995075B2 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2019-08-19 | Process for producing fluorocytosine and fluorocytosine derivatives |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US20170298028A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3186231B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN106795123B (en) |
GB (1) | GB201415317D0 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2016030662A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3782969A1 (en) * | 2019-08-22 | 2021-02-24 | Fujian Yongjing Technology Co., Ltd. | Process of fluorinating inorganic or organic compounds by direct fluorination |
Families Citing this family (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB201610327D0 (en) * | 2016-06-14 | 2016-07-27 | Univ Nelson Mandela Metropolitan | Process for producing Lamivudine and Entricitabine |
CN107089952B (en) * | 2017-05-09 | 2020-04-07 | 宁夏蓝博思化学技术有限公司 | Method for preparing 5-fluorocytosine by adopting microchannel reactor |
CN109912454B (en) * | 2019-03-26 | 2022-01-21 | 南京欧信医药技术有限公司 | Synthesis method of mixture of 3-ethoxyacrylonitrile and 3, 3-diethoxypropionitrile |
CN110483414A (en) * | 2019-08-14 | 2019-11-22 | 贵州永诺菲特生物制药有限公司 | A method of synthesis capecitabine intermediate 5-flurocytosine |
CN111646947A (en) * | 2020-07-14 | 2020-09-11 | 新乡瑞诺药业有限公司 | Preparation process for replacing sodium methoxide by metal sodium in cytosine cyclization process |
CN112480197B (en) * | 2020-12-02 | 2022-03-08 | 新乡拓新药业股份有限公司 | Method for synthesizing cytosine nucleoside |
CN113185466B (en) * | 2021-04-27 | 2022-09-06 | 宿迁市万和泰化工有限公司 | Novel low-carbon-emission flucytosine production process |
CN115611815A (en) * | 2022-10-10 | 2023-01-17 | 新乡瑞诺药业有限公司 | A kind of cytosine synthetic method |
Family Cites Families (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2945038A (en) | 1956-09-26 | 1960-07-12 | Hoffmann La Roche | 5-fluorocytosine and preparation thereof |
US4029661A (en) | 1971-10-04 | 1977-06-14 | Pcr, Inc. | Process for producing 5-fluorouracil and derivatives thereof in acid and/or alcohol solvents |
JPS5695173A (en) | 1979-12-28 | 1981-08-01 | Daikin Ind Ltd | Preparation of 5-fluorocytosine |
JPS57154171A (en) | 1981-03-18 | 1982-09-22 | Daikin Ind Ltd | Preparation of 5-fluorocytosine salt |
JPS57171979A (en) * | 1981-04-14 | 1982-10-22 | Daikin Ind Ltd | Preparation of 5-fluorocytosine salt |
DE3441524A1 (en) | 1984-11-14 | 1986-05-15 | Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen | METHOD FOR PRODUCING 5-FLUORCYTOSINE |
GB9414974D0 (en) | 1994-07-26 | 1994-09-14 | Bnfl Fluorchem Ltd | Selectively fluorinated organic compounds |
GB9425796D0 (en) | 1994-12-21 | 1995-02-22 | Bnfl Fluorchem Ltd | The preparation of halogenated compounds |
GB0210809D0 (en) | 2002-05-11 | 2002-06-19 | Univ Durham | Reactor |
-
2014
- 2014-08-29 GB GBGB1415317.5A patent/GB201415317D0/en not_active Ceased
-
2015
- 2015-08-13 US US15/507,342 patent/US20170298028A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2015-08-13 CN CN201580046530.2A patent/CN106795123B/en active Active
- 2015-08-13 WO PCT/GB2015/052342 patent/WO2016030662A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-08-13 EP EP15753147.6A patent/EP3186231B1/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-08-19 US US16/544,067 patent/US10995075B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3782969A1 (en) * | 2019-08-22 | 2021-02-24 | Fujian Yongjing Technology Co., Ltd. | Process of fluorinating inorganic or organic compounds by direct fluorination |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
GB201415317D0 (en) | 2014-10-15 |
US20200095207A1 (en) | 2020-03-26 |
EP3186231A1 (en) | 2017-07-05 |
CN106795123B (en) | 2021-03-16 |
US10995075B2 (en) | 2021-05-04 |
EP3186231B1 (en) | 2019-07-10 |
CN106795123A (en) | 2017-05-31 |
WO2016030662A1 (en) | 2016-03-03 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10995075B2 (en) | Process for producing fluorocytosine and fluorocytosine derivatives | |
EP3935050B1 (en) | Heterocyclic compounds for medical treatment | |
US11629150B2 (en) | Synthesis of N-(heteroaryl)-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-amines | |
US20240132523A1 (en) | Salts and crystalline forms of a pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitor | |
US11629135B2 (en) | Pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of PD1/PD-L1 activation | |
CA2713658C (en) | Oxim derivatives as hsp90 inhibitors | |
AU2015204210B2 (en) | Inhibitors of glutaminase | |
ES2962961T3 (en) | Preparation procedure of n-(5-((4-(4-(dimethylamino)methyl)-3-phenyl-1h-pyrazol-1-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-4-methoxy-2-morpholinophenyl )acrylamide by reacting the corresponding amine with a 3-halo-propionyl chloride | |
TW200831513A (en) | Anti-viral compounds | |
AU2021250904B2 (en) | Pyridinethiones, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their therapeutic use for treating a proliferative, inflammatory, neurodegenerative, or immune-mediated disease | |
US20220211704A1 (en) | Inhibitors of human immunodeficiency virus replication | |
JP7329052B2 (en) | Fluorine-containing substituted benzothiophene compounds and pharmaceutical compositions and applications thereof | |
US7595400B2 (en) | Process for the preparation of hexacyclic compounds | |
JP2023511152A (en) | Synthesis and use of respiratory syncytial virus inhibitors | |
US9296721B1 (en) | Method for preparing ALK inhibitor ceritinib | |
JP2024510306A (en) | CTLA-4 low molecular decomposition agent and its use | |
WO2022136174A1 (en) | Tricyclic pyrimidines as cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (cdk7) inhibitors | |
US20190000853A1 (en) | Antiviral 4-(2-amino-6-heterocylyl-9h-purin-9-yl)-2-cyclopentene-1 -methanol compounds | |
CN106279144B (en) | Method for preparing pioglitazone impurity C by one-pot method | |
CN115710253B (en) | A class of aminobenzimidazole derivatives and their preparation and use | |
Behrman | 5-Hydroxyorotic acid and orotic acid 5-sulfate | |
HK40065325B (en) | Heterocyclic compounds for medical treatment | |
HK40065325A (en) | Heterocyclic compounds for medical treatment | |
CN120247900A (en) | Phenylthiazolylamine pyrimidine derivatives and preparation methods and applications thereof | |
WO2010098365A1 (en) | Nucleoside-type antibiotic |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: UNIVERSITY OF DURHAM, UNITED KINGDOM Free format text: NUNC PRO TUNC ASSIGNMENT;ASSIGNORS:SANDFORD, GRAHAM;HARSANYI, ANTAL;REEL/FRAME:041688/0179 Effective date: 20170317 |
|
STCV | Information on status: appeal procedure |
Free format text: NOTICE OF APPEAL FILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |